The Land of Ararat Twelve Discourses on Armenia

TH E LAND O F ARARAT

T WE LV E I S CO U R S ES O N A R ME N I D A,

H E R H I S T O RY A N D H E R

C H U RC H

B Y

S . M . GRE G O RY L ATE OF T H E F ED E R ATE D M A L AY STATE S CI V I L S E RV IC E

WI TH [L L US TK’A TI ON S

L O N D O N

P R I N T E D A T T H E CH I SWI CK P R E S S

DEDICATED WITH A F F ECTIONATE REGARD

U S ES . THADDE STEPHEN, Q

F OR THIRTY YEARS TH E REV ERED HEAD MASTER O F T H E M G M AR ENIAN COLLE E AND PHILANTHROPIC ACADE Y, N O W M M S T H E C AL C UTTA , I N RET I R E E NT A I D T UNI V ERSAL RESPECT AND V ENERATION O F H I S NUMEROUS PUPILS ; TO WH OSE T U I TI ON AND S V G H I S OUND PRACTICAL AD ICE, DURIN S T H E ATT R I EARLY YEAR , AUTHOR B UTES WHATEV ER SUCCESS IN LI F E H E H AS B EEN AB LE TO ACHIEVE 3‘

C O N T E N T S

I NTRODU CTION A A RMENIA . MONOGRAPH EASTER AND THE O L D STYLE EGYPT—A M EMORY

T H E A RMENIAN CHRISTMAS AND WH Y IT FALLS ON OT H JANUA RY (OL D S T YL E ) T H E EARLIEST A RM ENIAN PRINTING P RESS A RMENIAN CHU RCH MUSI C T A C . A RMENIA . CH RONOLOGI AL REATISE — 2 2 B C A . D . 1 4 7 . . 37 5 .

PART I .

I I .

I I I .

I V .

LORD BYRON AND TH E A RMENIAN L AN GUAGE S T . I RENAEUS AND H IS L OST T REATISE

T H E C I T B IBLI AL DELUGE . S P HYSICAL EXPLANATION ARMENIAN PROVERES Con ten ts PAG E A COMPENDIOUS D ESC RIPTION OF THE A C RMENIAN C HU R H CALENDAR , FASTS AN D F EASTS CHA PTER I — Th e Oldest Ar menian National E ra Th e Dionysian or Christian E ra CHAPTER II — Th e Divi sion of th e Solar year T h e Divi sion of th e — — Lu nar Month Th e Week Th e origin of th e Ar men i an term s for Su nday and Friday CHAPTER III Th e Division of th e Day into Ho u rs and into Watches — — Description of th e Ar m enian Good Friday An e on th e r 1 1 8 incid nt Latin Good F iday, 9 CHAPTER IV Th e O rigin of th e Ar m enian Kagﬁa n d (N ew Year) ' and Of Z a tzfe (Easter) - Th e association b etween th e Ar menian Ga m A stu dz ou (Lamb of God) and — th e Pas chal Lamb T h e H eb rew Lu nar Month ’ T h e Easter an d th e Qu a r l odea ma n s CHAPTER V

Th e u A D 2 — T h e e er Co ncil of Nicaea ( . . 3 5 ) d t mina — tion Of Su nday as a u niversal day for Easter P ére B ertrand and th e original Text of th e Cou ncil of — Nicaea T h e three factors deter mining Easter Th e reas on for ﬁxing z r st March a s th e Calendar date for th e Spring Equ inox CHAPTER VI

’ Th e m eaning of N a /za n tc/z (Leap Year) - T h e diﬁer — ence between th e Old a n d th e N ew Styles Th e — Metonic Cycle of nineteen years Table for ﬁnding th e date of th e Paschal Fu ll Moon ‘ Con i em s ix

P AG E CHAPTER VII — Explanation of th e I/j/em deer (Epact) Tab1e showing th e r elation between Golden Nu mber and Epact a es s w h ow ﬁ n d th e a e th e Ex mpl , ho ing to g of — Moon du ring any month in any year T h e limits of th e Paschal N ewand Full Moon s CHAPTER VIII

' Th e u e er Yot/zm ef a k —I ts t a s S nday L tt ( y y applica ion , — compared with Wester n Chu rches Th e Solar Cycle — of twenty- eight years Table and m ethod for ﬁ n d — ing th e S u nday Letter Early friendly Comm u nion between th e Chu rches O f Ar m enia and Alexandria 2 2 0 CHAPTER IX Th e Pasch al Cycles Of th e H ebrews and of Hippolytu s — Th e inau gu ration of th e N ew Ar m enian Chrono

E ra A . D . 2 w th e d logical , in 5 5 and, ith it, a option of — th e 5 32 -year Cycle Independence O f th e Ar m enian — Chu rch M odificati on s of th e Ar m enian Calendar CHAPTER X “ Th e Victorian and Dionysian Cycle of 5 32 years — — I ts u se in th e Ar m enian Chu rch explain ed T h e Concu rrent (Ker kn a k) a n d h ow to find th e day of — th e week Ru le for finding th e date Of th e Pa schal Fu ll Moon CHAPTER XI Th e Ta rp/age” or Year Letter ; i ts con stru ction and — u se Th e coincidence b etween th e Old and th e — N ew Style Easters T h e Eight Modes to which — ' “ th e Hymn s a re set Ta n u i a zr or Z odiacal Lo r d ” Of th e Manor x Con ten ts P AG E CHAPTER XII — Th e Immoveable Feasts Days in m emory Of th e — ’ Dead Th e explanation Of th e word Va m a oa r T ra n sfi urati on — e es es s tr s ( g ) Fix d dat Of F tival , an ferred to th e nearest Su nday CHAPTER XIII Th e Moveable Feasts and th e intervening period s — between them Analysi s s howing th e varying e s er e wee e e e s s l ngth Of p iod b t n Mov abl F a t , in th e cases of ear liest and latest Easters CHAPTER XIV — — Days of s imple ab stin ence T h e r egu lar Fa sts A n analysi s of th e Fasts for th e year 1 9 1 8 CHAPTER XV

’ Mi sconception s r egarding th e Fast Of A r a aj a wor — T h e Greek vers ion of i t Parallelis m between th e O rthodox B eli efs of th e Greek s and Arm enian s CHAPTER XVI Th e Slander Of an Anci ent Race CHAPTER XVII — Th e Lent or G reat Fast (211) ;e P a ﬁg) Partaking Of — — Holy Comm u nion Th e Confession Th e Ka r a soon q or Ka r a m or dg (Forty Days) and th e Com — pos ition of LeM Th e Holy Week CHAPTER XVIII — Saints and Martyrs Ab stract of Salient Fasts an d e s s for th e e r 1 1 8 F a t , y a 9 L I S T O F I L L U S T RA T I O N S

1 H I S A CAT H O . H OLINESS TH E RMENIAN C O LI OS , GE RG E V

2 A E T CH MI A DZ I N . RMENIAN CATHEDRAL AT

FACSIMILE OF AN I LLUSTRATION IN TH E EARLIEST A RMENIAN PRINTED BOOK

A D . 1 1 ( . 5 3)

FACSIMILE OF A PAG E FROM TH E A R “ “ ” ME N I A N A EA GH A R OR A RGAR A D 1 6 PSALTER ( . . 5 5 )

S PECIMEN OF A NC IENT A RMENIAN VO C AL N OTATIONS IN C HURCH MUSIC 6 T . O P A R IGRANES THE GREAT , K ING MENIA T . H E A C 7 LATE RMENIAN CATHOLI OS , KH RI MEAN

8 . A RMENIAN MONASTERY AT E TCH MI AD Z I N P RE S I D E N T W I L S O N

TO T H E PEOPLE OF T H E UNITED STATES OF AM ERICA

O n his return from th e Conferenc e at

r . 2 t/z F eér u a r 1 1 Pa is 4 y, 9 9

Have you thought Of th e su ffer ings ofAr m enia ? You pou red ou t you r mon ey to help and su ccou r th r N w set e A m enian s after they had su ffered . o u p you r strength s o that they shall n ever su ffer ” again .

O n th e eve of h i s return to th e Con

e e e M a r c/z 1 1 f r nc at Paris . , 9 9

s wh r se s w Tho e o su ffe s ee. Tho again t hom wr ong i s wr ou ght know h owdesi rable i s th e right h r u su f ered of t e ighteo s . Nations that have long f th e indescribable agonies of being governed by th e u r e e out th e w r e er T k , hav call d to o ld , g n ation er e er for u s e er su ur aft g n ation , j tic , lib ation , cco ” and no Cabin et in th e world h as hear d them . I N T RO D U CT I O N

“ I T h e Of th e e A H t e exc ption Subj ct , comp endious description Of th e A rmenian ” e s e s e Church Cal ndar, Fast and F a ts , mbracing t h e s e O f h e e cond portion t is mod st volum , and

s e th e e e now publi h d for the ﬁrst time, r st hav

’ e e e e t h e alr ady app ar d , mostly und r writer s

“ ” en - e c cz é th e e Of A p nam , , in pag s rarat , an

A e z e e rm nian M onthly Maga in , publish d i n

L e th e ae of th e English , in ondon , und r gis

A r e e A L m nian U nit d ssociation Of ondon . T hes e a re now collected and reprinted in book

e e s e er form , with additions and m ndation , tog th with th e hi th erto unpublished portion referred

f th T to. o e e e Each w lve Subj cts , comprising

th e e e e t h e e e ntir volum , is r sult Of sp cial study

’ during availabl e moments in th e writer s retire

e t h e e m nt from British Colonial Civil S rvice . T h ey do n ot pretend to aspire to the dignity xiii xiv I n tr odu cti on

of e e i n or Of e laborat disqu sition , highly t chnical

T h e i s . e a r e e scholarship h y rat r a concis , and , it

e f e e e e e O f hop d , su ﬁci ntly compr h nsiv xposition

e e A e e es e e e e div rs rm nian th m , s l ct d and writt n

th e A e e by author , an rm nian , who r gards him

S elf as but an amateur in th e World Of L etters .

e e th e I t is conﬁd ntly hop d that, apart from

interest which th ey may po s s ess for A rm enians

e e e e e b e e e th ms lv s and for oth rs , th y may sp

’ ci a lly Of s om e s light u s e to those amongs t th e

- e wh o e de vast English sp aking Public , may b so

s i r ou s e t h e , in familiarizing th m with antiquity ,

z O f th e A e s history, and civili ation rm nian , who

have th e privil ege O f b eing ﬁrst amongs t th e N ation s Of th e World to embrac e Chri s tianity

T h e e A . D as th ir National Religion ( .

e i s e e e e e d writ r mbold n d in his latt r vi w , j u ging

t h e s e from ympathy, both moral and mat rial , so nobly shown by Politician s and by t h e

e e e e G n ral Public in Gr at Britain , Franc , and

th e e e A e e e e in U nit d Stat s Of m rica , mor sp cially during th e unsp eakable h orrors which th e

A e we 1 1 1 1 6 rm nians nt through in 9 5 and 9 , and ’ ' [n tn oa n t tzon xv

e e a r e by which , unfortunat ly , th y still grimly

T h e A e s d a r e overshadowed . rm nian , to ay , still awaiting deliveranc e and th e r e- establi s h

N ew ee e A e ment of a , Fr , and U nit d rm nia , through th e heroic resistance in th e ﬁ eld Of

e e th eir own sons against thr at ning Odds , sup ported by t h e efforts O f th e A rm enian N ational D elegation under th e Presidency Of th eir de

e r e e B o h os vot d Pat iot, H is Exc ll ncy g N ubar

s th e e - e e s Pa ha , and hop d for favourabl d ci ion of th e European Pow ers now engaged in th e concluding stages Of th e P eac e Conference. T h e various authors whose works I have

s e e e ln con ult d , and to whom I acknowl dg my debtedn es s e ee e e th e , hav b n duly m ntion d in

T e e e e e e e e th e s xts th ms lv s, in pr f r nc to cu tom

- s e a r e du e ary foot notes . My inc re thanks to th e e e e th e e Sup rint nd nt Of R ading Room , Bri

e e tish M us um , for occasional assistanc kindly extended to m e in facilitating matters O f refer e e nc . I also b eg to acknowl edge my deep

th e R ev for Obligations to . H arold Buxton

th e e e three Of I llustrations (hith rto unpublish d), xvi I n tr odu cti on

e e of e th e e e nam ly , thos H is H olin ss pr s nt

th e A r e Catholicos , m nian Cathedral and the

h E ch miadz i n t L e b Ot t o e . Monast ry , at ; i ut

e V D th e Colonel G . M . Gr gory , . . , for Photo graph Of th e late Catholicos Kh ri m ea n ; and to t h e learn ed A rm enian Mekh ith a r ia n Society of

L z a e e e of th e e St. a r (V nic ) for two r maining

vi z f h A . e o t e e A I llustrations , , thos rm nian bbot

T e th e and Of igran s Great .

S . M . GREGORY . O L NDON , 1 s t D et emoer 1 1 3 , 9 9 .

ARMENIAN CAT H EDRAL A N D MOTH E R C HURC H O F ET C I I MI A D Z I N

DESCENT O F T H E ON LY BEG O TTEN Fo unded ea rly in the fou rth cent u ry by S a int Gregory O f Ar m en i a

2 T/l o L a n d of A m m t basis of the argument depends entirely u pon h th e e t e location Of rivers which , after wat ring “ h e e e t gard n , as a solitary stream , it was part d ”

e e G en . and b ecam into four h ads ( ii , e e ee i den ti Various riv rs , in many lands , hav b n ﬁed by many anci ent and modern writers as corresponding to on e or oth er Of thos e m en th e e s s t io n ed in e Bibl . E v n national hi torian o f countri es beyond th e limits Of th e Contin ent of A s ia hav e endeavoured to establi s h claims of propri etorship to th e Garden Of E den a s e e th e b elonging to th ir various countri s . But con cen s u s of opinion shows a preponderating balance in favour Of A rm enia as th e site of the e Of th e e . e e Biblical gard n four riv rs m ntion d , the Euphrates (Y¢nm tos in A rmenian and derived from th e H ebrew a t or fruitful) e t h e e admits Of no dispute . I t ris s right in h art Of A rm enia from s everal springs in th e m ountain Of Dumlu 35 about twenty miles no r th z e e Of Er roum , and coll cting in a pool just north o f e r s e es that city, it tak s its cou Of mil du e west and receiving th e waters Of Several

r r es es e z t ibuta i , it d c nds by E r ingan and Egin ,

e e e e s wh nc , at a distanc Of about forty mil s outh ward s and by t h e mountain s Of anci ent Cap

a dOCI a i s e t h e S u o r th e p , it join d by Murad

s es s e Ea tern Euphrat . Thi latt r C onsiderable ' A M o o a /t A nmen za . n g r p 3

e e th e river, which tak s its ris from lofty mountains by th e famous monastery Of S a r a Ka r ap/ et (a littl e to th e north Of th e north - east e L e th e e t corn r Of ak Van) , ﬂows to l f in a north er ly s emicircl e until at Ma la z ker t it takes

wes e e a t rly dir ction , and passing Kharput it h e e e joins th e principal E uphrates . T latt r th n

efl e s th e s e d ct to right in a circuitous cour and ,

s e S in a mighty tr am , kirts round Piran Dagh ,

f h T s where it i s n earest th e sources o t e igri . I t th en practically s traightens its elf in a s outh easter ly direction a n dtraversing th e va s t plain s

S e th e e of Of hinar , Carch mish ( anci nt capital th e e e H ittit Kingdom) and by anci nt Babylon , — it form s a junction form erly at Kam a and

e e es t h e latt rly som thirty mil to south Of it , as — s hown by th e most recent maps with th e

T e th e e S/za t- ot-A r a o or igris and und r nam Of , th e e Of A e Riv r rabia , it ﬁnally pass s Basrah e e th e e and th nc into P rsian Gulf. T h e n ext river to com e under consideration is

th e T s e Of e a s igri , which has a l ngth mil s ,

e e e e e . T e s giv n by r c nt g ograph rs his riv r al o ,

s e - e s th e e t indi putably , has its h ad wat r in h ar of

A e . I t s e a s e th e V n a te rm nia nam , E giv n in tg e e h t e e G en . e e r nd ring Of Bibl ( ii , is H idd k l ,

' ' r th e e e a ddeé ot a ddeé el a c f om H br w or ,

e e O f r e s cording to diff r nt schools t anslit rator . ’ 4 Tno L a n a of A 7'a 7f a t

T h e e H at e pr ﬁx is an attributiv addition , which seems to have been preval ent amongs t t h e ancient H ebrews b efore th e old form Of their e e e th e A languag gav plac to ramaic , and which “ “ ” e e or e m ant liv ly rapid , an appropriat enough des ignation for th e riv er . A ccording to e e D eé et various Biblical Dictionari s , it was call d

th e e e s n e e by Chald ans . I t is a y to co c iv that

e s through p rmutation in colloquiali m , it gradually ' e b e a s D z ta t/z a s e e e cam to known jg , vid nc d by ” th e Chald ean T argum or t r an s lation Of t h e

S r es We be e e t o e c iptur . may p rmitt d m ntion , e e incid ntally , that stud nts i n Philology will n e th e A Ta r a n 7n a n t h e A e otic rabic 7 , rm nian

T/za r fn a n D m om a n e e e u e g , and g ( xt nsiv ly s d th e L e e e e e in vant) , all Of which m an I nt rpr t r,

e e t h e ta n énz e e d riv d from Chaldaic g , to int rpr t .

A th e s - e mongst Syrian Of to day, this riv r is s D z ta tn t h e A till known as jg , and amongst rabs

' D z /e/t or D i ta t t h e A e as j j /t . I n rm nian Scrip e e th e th e tur s , translat d in ﬁrst half Of ﬁfth

e e e e on th e S e tu a i n t c ntury, and bas d ntir ly p g

e th e e th e e e a s V rsion , nam Of riv r is giv n

T r t h e e wa s ig is , which is proof that riv r known a s such in th e tim e Of t h e S eventy

T s s D z la t/z D na Tz r a ran lator . From jg to ay , lg (as known in Per s ian from th e tim e Of Dariu s t h e e wi de th e s O f e Gr at, I n criptions B histun) and a A M on o r a /i A r men i . g p 5

Tz r i s e e e t h e e Of g , is asily conc ivabl as r sult ee dial ectical transformation . I t has b n sug h A e D i /en O f ges ted that t e rabic app llation , j , is “ ” e w r e M edian origin , m aning arro , which , if

e i ts a s r e e liabl , would point to adoption p dicativ We e e Of th e s wiftn es s O f th e river . hav alr ady notic ed th e Circum s tantial conj ecture that amongs t th e ear li er H ebrews th e river wa s ” “ we H i d e . e styled as or liv ly Concurr ntly , would v enture to s ugges t that in th e ﬁrst part “ ” Of th e wo r d T igr i s we discern th e word

To t h e A e e e g , which in rm nian languag m ans “ s e e s ew p ar, and which indicat s a om hat parallel as sociation with th e o r igin of the root ” th A “ w e e . Of rabic word , nam ly , an arro

‘ T h e T igr i s takes its ris e from L ake Golj ik which i s situated about forty mil es

h - t e s e s t . ra c to outh a of Kharput Running , p

s - e s e e i t ss e tically, in a outh a t rly cours , pa s Diarbekr (near which is th e anci ent A rm enian O f Ti r a n a ker t e royal city g ) , Mosul (anci nt

e e th e r s e N in v h) , Baghdad and uin of Ct siphon

th e of th e e e s s ( capital anci nt P r ian King ), and t h e e a s on e e ﬁnally ﬂows with Euphrat s , str am , th into e Persian Gulf. Of th e e e th e r maining two riv rs , Gihon has e e e ee mbarrass d many a scholar and , in a d gr ,

f e e O f th e ba ﬂ d unanimity , by r ason Biblical 6 f la t L a n d of A r a r a t

“ e th e e w e d scription , sam is it hich compass th th e e G en T h e whol land Of Ethiopia ( . ii , m e of w i s A h a s ntion E thiopia , hich in frica , , not

led s e e th e e s e unnaturally , om writ rs to irr si tibl

s th e i s inference that Gihon refer to N il e. I t

e e e th e s hardly cr dibl that Mos s , in writing hi tory of th e e e s e e v nt , mor approximat ly within his knowl edge than thos e of his s ucces sors (who came centuri es after him) would hav e ignored th e physical features of th e “ habitabl e glob e a s h e e f e known to him , or , that could hav orgott n

th e Red S ea e A s that , in this part , divid d ia from A frica and which alon e rendered th e loca tion of th e Gihon in E thiopia irreconcilabl e w th e s e e e e s e 2 ith fact m ntion d in G n si , chapt r ,

e s e 1 h a s ee e s v r 0 . I t b n h ld by om e as not

e t h e e s s e unlik ly that j w , whil t in bondag i n

e s ew e Egypt , gav colour to thi vi in ord r to establi s h a relation b etween t h e b eautiful N il e and on e of th e rivers m ention ed in th eir H oly

. A s e e e e e e s Writ gain t th s th ori s , how v r, mu t b e m ention ed th e v ery important circum s tanc e th e e e e th e e o f that in original H br w t xt , nam

th e e a s Ca rn t h e s land is giv n , which in variou

e t/z i o i a v rsions have been mi s translated into E p . T h e obviou s reason for this would seem to b e th e e that E thiopians , in common with s veral e e e e th e oth r rac s , claim d sc nt from Cush , son m a A M on o r a /t A r en i . g p 7

s o f Ham and grandson of Noah . But it mu t not be los t s ight of that th e des c endants O f

s e s s e e e s A s Cu h had th ir ﬁr t ttl m nt in ia , that

i s th e r es w u s , in count i kno n to as Susiana and

s t h e e s t h e we e es o f Khuzi tan , to a t Of lo r r ach

h T r s We s w th e Ka ss/t i ter t e ig i . al o kno of (th e proximity o f which to Ca r/i is quite palp e wh o e e e e e e e s abl ) , w r an xt nsiv homog n ou e z s rac inhabiting Khu i tan and who had , for a

s er e e s e e e es e th e con id abl p riod , pr ad th ms lv ov r high er countr i es r ight up to th e mountainou s

r e s th e wes of th e s S ea gion to t Ca pian , and who rul ed for more than ﬁve centuri es as

s 6 1 86— 1 2 1 1 T s King Of Babylon ( . 7 hi brings u s to th e famous A r m enian river A raxes and t h e circum s tantial conclus ion that th e Gihon th e and A raxes a re th e same; Repl ete with

s e of s s four thou and y ars historical as ociation , thi s pictures que river takes its rise from th e A e f B rm nian high mountain o en g ol ft . )

or th e T s L es es hou and ak , about thirty mil to

th e of z e i ts e south Er roum , and ﬂows , in arly

e - e s e cours , in a north and north a t rly direction . N ear t h e ruins of th e anci ent town Of E r va n da s hat it receives th e waters of anoth er historical A e e th e A e e rm nian riv r, rpa , which , d sc nding h . t e e th e from north , pass s sorrowfully by

s A n i m th e - e ruin of , once fa ous for short liv d 8 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t splendours Of the A rm enian B ag ra tia n tz Dyn asty (tenth and el eventh centuri es Of th e pres ent era e th e e of B a a va n ), and wat ring ruin d walls g or B ag reva n d (th e history of which go es back

th e e es r e- of A e to arli t p Christian days rm nia) ,

s th e it join e moth er river a littl low er down . T h e A raxes th en takes a mighty sweep through th e plateau Of Erivan b etween E tch m ia dz i n (th e s eat of th e A rmenian Suprem e Patriarch or Catholicos) and th e foot of the Great A rarat and pursu es it s cours e through th e towns of e of th e e i s N akhich van and julfa , which latt r ever m emorable for t h e incursion of Shah

A s h f s D 1 6 t e e O e A . . 0 bba Gr at P r ia in 3, and th e forcibl e removal Of of its inhabitants to form a n ew colony in P ers ia . B efore it dis charges its elf into th e Caspian S ea th e A raxes receiv es th e waters of anoth er great A rm enian

e th e th e C r us of e riv r, Kur ( y Classical tim s) , e b which , in its lf, is almost as long and istori th e A e cally as famous as rax s . th e of e Pison , last the riv rs which now comes e e e e ro und r consid ration , is mor corr ctly p n ou n ced P ni soon A e as , which is the rm nian e e A ll v rsion corr sponding to th e original text . commentators hav e been almost unanimous in

e th e Ph is ovn th e e P /ta s is id ntifying with riv r , to th e T e e . as known anci nts his latt r, which can

1 0 T/i e L a n d of A r a r a t

e th e - el- A riv r running into it from Shat rab , e th e e e of th e e that is , aft r conﬂu nc two riv rs

e T r . e e Euphrat s and ig is I t would , how v r, s eem that thi s th eory i s more hypoth etical than

er w e t h e e we s oth is , for r ason that ﬁnd no uch r i ver e e e e th e e s d ﬁnit ly trac abl in anci nt map , u nles s it were a m ere s tr eam branching ou t

- - h f l . s from t e d elta o th e Shat e A rab . Dr Bot

h is of th e A e ford , in H istory nci nt World , in s e of s e e p aking Colchi , says Colchis yi ld d " T s e e gold . hi may b e acc epted as a notic abl

e S e s w e p culiarity, p cial to Colchi , hich diff r en tia ted it from oth er portio n s of th e globe a s

th e e s A n d a s s e known to anci nt . , thi corr s p on ds with t h e description of th e land of H avi “ e t h e e e e e e lah , as giv n in B ibl , wh r th r is

G en n b s e re . ca e gold ( ii , I I ) , it that in tho p s s th e th e - e hi toric day , country round south ast border Of t h e Black S ea was actually known as ? e e ee s et H avilah E nough , how v r , has b n forth which might reasonably convince sceptics that there a r e more proofs in favour of than against th e inference that th e Biblical Gard en of E den be e A may Claim d to have b een in rm enia .

T h e e e e e i s n xt subj ct, which invit s att ntion , th e investigation of th e earli est m ention in his t orica l e th e A r a r a t r cords and of origin Of , A r m en i a A M on o r a /t . g p I I which i s th e land inhabited by th e A r m enian

h s e e r e. s e t e e e ac By common con nt , arli t r f r e e i s e th e e e e i s nc obtainabl in Bibl , wh r it reco r ded that after th e s ubsidenc e o f th e Flood “ th e A rk res ted upon th e mountain s of A rarat

G n s e o f e e . A ( viii , lthough in cour tim “ ” A rarat cam e to b e appli ed s p eciﬁcally to th e nobl e mountain which rises maj es tically from th e plateau of Erivan and s tand s about

ee e t h e e e of th e s ea r th e f t abov l v l , o iginally nam e appli ed to th e whol e country o f which thi s incomparabl e mountain form ed th e central

e e a s e th e imposing f atur , and impli d by Biblical

r r s th e quotation efe red to . Even to thi day A rm enians a r e frequ ently s tyl ed amongs t th em “ s elves a s A yra ra t i a n q or t h e peopl e of th e

A e th e e of e . land of rarat , aft r nam th ir country A t th e earlies t dawn O f historical research th ere were s om e who w ere of opinion that th e Biblical s tat ement had referenc e to a mountain in

s s e th e e e Phrygia said to po ss sam nam , but th ese opinions have di ed ou t in th e face of co n vi n ci n g proofs I n favour Of th e only mountain which is known by th e nam e o f A rarat and A e . e e which is in rm nia Mr. jam s Bryc (now e e e Viscount Bryc ) , who succ ssfully accomplish d th e difﬁcult feat of ascending th e mountain to e 1 8 6 e its v ry summit in 7 , has giv n us a vivid 1 2 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

A e account of its grandeur and wonders . noth r — scholar and distingui s h ed trav ell er th e late

L — s e e r s e M r . ynch who followed om y a lat r , has l eft u s a tran s c endent d es cription o f h i s

e A e r on asc nt of rarat , in his monum ntal wo k

A e Th e e of th e m ou n ta i n a s w rm nia . nam , kno n

t h e A e e e e A r a r a t by rm nians th ms lv s is y , which has for its derivatives th e A rm enian words Ayr

(man) and a r a t (bl emish) . T hi s i s explain ed by etymologists as signifying the land wh ere man b r ought blemish on himself by h i s mi s deeds e e s n e s and wick dn ss , thu causi g Divin puni h f h We m ent by t h e visitation o t e D eluge. read that more than ﬁfteen c en turi es before th e s t h e A wa s Chri tian E ra , land Of rarat m ention ed in th e A ssyrian record s as U r u a r tu

A S O e e rarat) and it continu d with th m , with t h e th e but occasional variations , until fall Of

A s s b e e a c yrian K ingdom . I t may add d that cording to th e inscriptions on th e c el ebrated

w e e t h A e o f Rock , hich ris s ov r e rm nian town

~ Van (and which records t h e hi s torical achi eve m ents of th e Vannic A rm enian Kings who s e 86 h 0 B . C t o 80 t e ﬂouri h d from . 5 south e e of th e A ast rn portion land of rarat , including th e of k th e principality Van , was nown to A rm enians as N a /i i r i (compa re th e N a h a r i n a th e e s e e of Egyptian monum nt ), and subs qu ntly A r men i a A M on o r a /z 1 . g p 3 a s B i a n ee e A dia b en e t h e of y (compar , to north

s e e h a s ee di s M e opotamia) . N o quival nt b n covered amongst th e records of th e anci ent

er s s e th e [a n d o A r a r a t P ian corr sponding to f , but th e mountain i s refer red to by t h e P ersian s

- - u h e a s Ku /i i N n or t mountain of N oah .

A r men i a i s th e e app llation by which , from th e r e es es e e s e ee s mot t tim , for ign r hav b n accu

h o f A e t o m ed to des ignate t e land rarat . Wh n and where do we ﬁnd i ts earli est m ention a s ? s uch in th e r ecords Of ancient natio n s By t h e A r m enians th em s elv es th eir country i s known a s H a a s ta n e a s H a e y and th ir nation yg , aft r

e s e th e s on o f T th ir ﬁr t anc stor H aik , ogarmah . T h e latter was t h e great grands on Of Noah

r e e G en . 2 th ough japh th and Gom r ( x , and Th e A e e rm nians afﬁrm , through an unbrok n

of e Chain tradition , that Haik brok away from or B el Babylon and its tyrant Baal , and , with h i s e e e e e family and adh r nts , s ttl d in south rn A T h A A e . e e o n e rm nia rm nian King ram , of th e e e e e r e n ar st d sc ndants of H aik , is garded by th e A rm enian s as respon s ibl e for “ ” t h e e A e a s e ponym rm nia , known in for ign

A s r e . e e s count i s mong t outsid opposit Opinion , we have that of th e Greek historian H erodotu s

5 8 - 2 w th r (. 4 4 4 5 kno n as e Fath e of H i s 1 4 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

H e e of A H e tory . was a nativ sia M inor. speaks of th e Armenians as a colony from e s th e Phrygia . H istory r cord that Phrygians e e e t h e A e s w r a broth r nation with rm nian , by reason of th eir common descent from T ogarmah . T o this ethnological affi nity may be ascribed

s the tentativ e deduction arrived at by H erodotu . H e e e e th e of t h e is , how v r, sil nt about origin th e e A e . e ee e nam rm nia Strabo , Gr k g ograph r e f A 6 E C . o (born 3 ) and also a nativ sia Minor , considers th e etymology of th e word A rm enia e e on e of th e A i s as d riv d from rgonauts (that , on e of th e ﬁfty- four companions who s ail ed with th e S A r o e J ason , in hip g and w nt to Colchis , h e of i n search Of t e gold n ﬂ eece) . Many th ese sailors a re said to hav e s ettled in various parts th e of th e S ea in littoral Black , and Strabo sup

e A r m en eos on e e e e pos s that , of th m , s ttl d i n

A r rmenia and gave his nam e to that count y . Various other historians ascribe th e origin of th e e A t h e of e e nam to ram , son Sh m and fath r

f th e s a r e es o Syrian . But th es e e m ere conj ctur

e s s e and , for Obvious r ason , dimini h in importanc i n th e fac e Of th e more reliabl e nativ e A rm enian

e e. e ee Opinion , as giv n abov I t has hith rto b n

e e th e e s s r gard d that P r ian K ing, Dariu H yd

2 - a s pes (e. 5 1 485 was t h e ﬁrst to m ention A r men i a (Old P ers ian A r mi n a ) i n th e cunei A r men i a A M on o r a /z . g p 5

“ e e form inscriptions at B histun , H erodotus b ing

Yet we e e s e . a good s cond , v ntur to how that e e e e of i s e e ev n an arli r m ntion it trac abl , as evidenced by th e records contain ed in th e Old e b e th e T estam nt . I t is to found in writings Of A on e of t h e e wh o e mos , minor Proph ts , liv d early in th e eighth century before Ch r ist (a i de A O n e e o f mos iv, a sup rﬁcial xamination th e e e e th e L e e v rs , as giv n in atin and h nc in th e s e e English tran lation , the impr ssion gain d i s on e of e e e e a s e e ca n compl t p rpl xity , no s ns

s f h e T o b e derived from a peru al o t e cont xt .

e ou r e e be e e mak m aning cl ar, it Should xplain d th e e A e that proph cy of mos d als with Samaria , of th e e e e e which mal nobility w r , all gorically, z e t h e s O f th e stigmati d as Bull Bashan , and e e a s or e s e f mal nobility cows kin , as tyl d by A m os wh os e r s e , su pa sing wick dness and tyranny were h eld up to opprobrium by contemporary

s A es e nation . mos proph i d that Samaria would be d evastated and its oppres sors of t h e poor ” s e s th e e A bani h d and ca t into palac ( mos iv , 3, s T h e Engli h v ersion) . imm ediate id ea which str ikes o n e is that th ere is som ething i n co n “ ” s s e s e th e e a s i t nt in ca ting th m into palac , a

e " e e th e e s e cond mnation I f, how v r, subj ct is clo ly

es e b e ee th e r inv tigat d , it will s n that , in o iginal H ebr ew e e e th e e t xt, it is r cord d that banish d 1 6 Tae L a n d of A r a r a t

“ — nobility shall be cast into H a r M u n a /z or th T h e Mountain Of M u nah . e A rm enian ver e we ﬁn d th sion is mor faithful , for in it that e “ ” phrase H ar M u nah was unalterably tran s c r ibed and adopted a s originally written by th e e r e e e e e th e H b w Proph t, th r by r taining T original m eaning and s en s e. h e L atin (and e e th e e e e e h nc E nglish) authors , vid ntly att mpt d

ee h e s T e e t e e . e e a fr paraphras Of xpr s ion h y , th r

e e e th e e en for , liminat d initial , ultimat and p ultimate l etters from th e phrase H ar - M unah

e e th e A r m on e e and volv d word , which in H br w

e s a la t e i s e s m an a t . I t appar nt that by thi exp erim ent an unintelligibl e and erroneous

s n th e s e e m eaning wa give to Engli h t xt . W

es e b e s e H a r - r e r p ctfully g to a s rt that Munah , e A e e e e cord d by mos , ight hundred y ars b for

A r m e i a e e e e n . Christ , r f rs to M unah vid ntly denotes th e anci ent provinc e of A rm enia known a s Mi n i os or th e n of Minni , ki g which is e e e e e invit d by a lat r Proph t , J er miah , to tak

s e e w th e up arms again t Babylon , tog th r ith

s f A A s e z : King O rarat and hch na , to wit Call

e e s h er t h e of A tog th r again t kingdoms rarat, ”

A s en z er . Minni , and hch a (J li , and which

a s we w s e fact , kno , was accompli h d , not long e t h e e th e e aft r , by P rsian King Cyrus , with h lp

r T h e B T es 1 A . a of igran , King of menia iblic l

I 8 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

e to A z a b roth er nam itself is attributed shchena , be of T Gen . ogarmah ( x , and it may added , th e S ea e t h e Of that Black , situat d to north it ,

e th e S ea of A z e e was call d shchena , as conj ctur d

B och a r t e e for ee by , which is r sponsibl the Gr k

E x n A e e u ei os . ntiquarians may , p rhaps , wond r that th e inhabitants Of Samaria should have been banished so far north as A rmenia . But e e this was no isolated xampl , as through dynastic domination and constant wars th e country of A th We rmenia was well known to e ancients .

th e e e e e e 2 s know from doubl r f r nc in King xix ,

. 8 th e of 37 , and Isa xxxvii , 3 , how two sons e e e e e e S nnach rib , aft r putting th ir fath r to d ath 6 1 (in 8 escaped into southern A rm enia . “ A mos predicted that th e peopl e of Syria shall A go into captivity unto K ir ( mos i , which prediction was fulﬁlled som e ﬁfty years after e th e A T i lath wards , wh n King of ssyria , g P ileser I I (who reigned from 745 to 7 2 7 R C . ) “ took Damascus and carri ed th e peopl e of it ” e 2 r e captiv to Kir ( Kings , xvi , K ir is

r e be th e A e Ku r ga d d to rm nian river , which f th e A lows into raxes . We have also Sir A ustin L th e e e e ee A ayard , c l brat d pion r ssyriologist , who has told us that on o n e of t h e tablets in th e rock inscriptions of Bavian (S ituated some forty miles to t h e no r th - east of N in eveh or A r zn z A M on o r a /t 1 en a . g p 9

r e n th e e e er Mosul) cordi g conqu sts Of S nnach ib , it i s m ention ed that in th e s econd year of h i s r B h e e e 0 . C . e ign (that is , in 7 4 ) conqu r d Babylon

i ts A r a n/zti i s and took inhabitants to , which considered to be th e A rmenian riv er A r ax es .

th e e e th e e I n making abov obs rvations , writ r hopes that h e may have been of som e s ervice — however littl e to s tudents and oth ers more e e h e e comp t nt than is , in thoroughly unrav lling th e e th e e w thr ad of facts from tangl d folds , hich have so confus ed th em through a vari ety o f

e s conj ctural Opinion . E A S T E R A N D T H E O L D S T Y L E

o n e o f th e e of B a z ma oe A e N issu s p , an rm n ian magaz in e published by th e Mekh i ta r ia n tz

e of e e e e e th e Soci ty V nic , app ar d an articl from

en e N a h a et ia n of p Of Fath r p , i n favour an ar rangement by which th e Church festival of

Easter might be given a ﬁxed date. Christmas

e — e — o n Day , in all Church s East and W st is a e e e be e e ﬁx d dat , but East r Sunday has to d t r

e th e e of e be min d annually , by h lp tabl s to A e h found in Church lmanacs , i n accordanc wit

th e e ee of th e of i ca ea e d cr Council N , nam ly , th e ﬁrst Sunday following th e full moon after

th e 2 I s t T e March . his m eans that E ast r is e e e e ee th e 2 2 n d c l brat d annually , b tw n March th e 2 th A or S and 5 pril , on a unday during a

fl - uctuating period Of thirty five days . T his is certainly inconveni ent ; a fixed date would b e e e T e e e infinit ly mor satisfactory . his inconv ni nc would n ot have arisen if th e said Council had decided on a Sunday after th e V ernal Equinox e e th e 2 l S t e e inst ad Of aft r March , b caus by

c th e e e a s e e oming to sp ciﬁc d cision th y did , th y

2 0 E a s ter a n d tae O/d S ty" 2 1 establish ed th ereby a date for th e festival in relation both to th e solar and th e lunar years . T hi s has b een th e fundam ental cause Of th e

a s t h e e e e ee difﬁculty , att mpt at a corr lation b tw n e e s w a r e n ot e com th two p riod , hich xactly

s e led th e e e es o f i n m en urabl , to in vitabl r ult T h e e e e r es s tability . l arn d Fath r a gu that in

t o e e e es order mak East r an immovabl f tival , it h a s to b e founded on a reform ed cal endar bas ed on th e tropical year and perfectly ind ependent ’ of th e moon s s ynodic revolution . I n attempting to alter th e present Calendar variou s anomali es a re e e e w b e s s s e ncount r d , hich cannot di cu d in a

O n e es e e e e S r e. hort a ticl Of th anomali s , how v r , ’ i s that th e p eriod of t h e earth s r evolution on i ts

s i s e s u b - e o f axi , or a day, not an xact multipl ’ t h e e s e th e s u n or arth r volution round , a tropical

T t h e e r n e . e ot e y ar h n again , y a is an xact multipl e of th e number of w eeks contain ed in

I i s s t h e s f it . t: aid that divi ion O tim e known a s wee r e o n e t h e k , was int oduc d by of Roman r s e s e e e th e e Ch i tian Emp ror , som tim aft r r form

O f t h e e es er Cal ndar by J ulius Ca ar, in ord to d emon s trate t h e fact that a Christian E mp eror could b e equally as gifted in a m atter o f cal en darial reform a s t h e c el eb r ated pagan Dictator h e e. e e e t e of anci nt Rom I t, how v r , c rtainly had di s advantage Of inter fering with th e p er p etuity 2 2 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t of th e Cal endar which wa s intended by th e

a h a e i a n J ulian Reform . Father N p t aims at an e e e ee th e ee t h e e xact r lation b tw n w k and y ar , simultan eously with his obj ect of establi s hing ﬁxed dates for Easter and for th e oth er p r e scribed p eriodic Church fes tivals d ependent on th e e of t h e e of e a t dat f stival East r, which if t a i n ed e b e e , would undoubt dly a gr at boon from

s e a s e e e a ocial , comm rcial , w ll as an ccl siastical

O f H e e e th e e point vi ew . propos s to divid y ar

e e of e - on e s or into four qual quart rs nin ty day , ee ee e e e th e thirt n w ks ach (that is ; in ach cas , ﬁrs t and th e s econd months of thirty day s each

th e of - on e and last month thirty days), which will res ult in a y ear of 364 days or ﬁfty- two ee s e T e w th e w k xactly . his would m an , that ith

s of on t h e ﬁr t day J anuary falling a Sunday ,

1 s t A t h e th e I s t O e pril , I st J uly and ctob r, that i s ; t h e beginnings of each s ubs equ ent qua r ter

b e a n d r es would also on a S unday ; , cor pond i n l th e s e th e o n g y, am day of month would fall th e e f i n e e sam day o t h e week . ach quart r ; for ex e t h e e o f t h e s ampl , ﬁfth day i n ach month r A O e b e J anua y , pril , J uly and ctob r would on

T s s T s r s o o n . a hur day , and hi p opo ition , how e er e e o n e r e r v , would l av day in an ordina y y a (which con s i s ts of 36 5 days ) and two day s i n a l eap year (which con s i s ts of 36 6 days ) to b e E a ster a n d tne Old S tyle 2 3

e th e e th e e d alt with , which writ r Of articl sug ges ts s hould. b e overcome in th e following e e th e o th da mann r, nam ly , that 3 5 yin an ordin ary year s hould be placed i n th e Cal endar after “ th e rs t e e e e s a N ew 3 D c mb r , and call d , y, ’ ” e s w of th e Y ar Day , which ill form no part ee of th e w k and no part month ; that is , assum e th e e e e th e I s t ing that und r propos d sch m , 3

of e e e on a th e day D c mb r falls Saturday , day “ ’ b e e N ew e following would call d Y ar s Day , t h e w be and day follo ing that would Sunday , S h 6oth I s t . t e e January imilarly , 3 day in a l ap year could b e placed at th e en d Of o n e of th e e s e e e th e en d of th e e quart r , pr f rably aft r s cond ” e s e s a a s L e quart r, and tyl d , y, ap Day , which w r of th e ee or th e ill also fo m no part w k month . T h e S implicity and conveni enc e of th e proposi

i b e on e t on will obvious to any . Followi n g upon th e o e e e e t h e e e e pr pos d r form d Cal ndar , r v r nd

e e e s S t h e 8 A Fath r r comm nd unday , th pril , for th e e e r of s e for e s c l b ation Ea t r, all tim . Ina much a s e th e e e th e e und r xisting Cal ndar, both cl rgy and th e peopl e do n ot obj ect to th e Eas ter falling on any Sunday between th e 2 2 n d March th e 2 th A e e s be e and 5 pril , th r hould no r ason e e th e e of th e abl obj ction to choic Sunday , 8 A a s e e . e th pril , a ﬁx d day for East r Fath r

N a h a eti a n for h i s S e e p claims no originality ch m , 2 4 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t but publishes it merely as an exposition of his

s own indep endent res earche into th e subj ect . T h e idea of ﬁxing an unchangeable date for

e h a s e e ee e e es East r Sunday , how v r, b n s v ral tim promulgated in various Europ ean countri es by

e s we e e e promin nt a tronomical scholars , and b li v ,

fe e s ee e s on two dif r nt occa ions , it has b n s riou ly

h r b r ought forward in t e E nglish Pa liam ent . I t h a s e e ee s e o n e , how v r, b n po tpon d ach occasion , a s th e es A e ee E ccl iastical uthoriti s , whilst agr

e to th e e e th e e abl propos d r formation of Cal ndar, would not b r ing thems elves to cons ent to i ts having any influence on th e Established Church fes tival day s and t h e mann er in which s uch h festival s a re at pres ent reckon ed . A s far a s t e

A e u e e we e rm nian Ch rch is conc rn d , ho v r, it app ears to u s that before t h e - id ea is entertained of es e s e tablishing a ﬁx d day for Ea t r, a con s ideration of th e more important qu estion of our “ hith erto uninterrupted adh erence to t h e Old ” Styl e or J ulian Calendar S hould hav e our p r ior

n attentio . We A e e e e e e rm nians , tog th r with s v ral oth r

th e e th e s nations (both in W st and in Ea t), who a re followers of what i s known as th e Greek or s e O e e t o th e Ea t rn rthodox Church , still adh r Old e or e Styl J ulian Cal ndar , upon which our Church A lmanac s and r itual Obser vanc es

2 6 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

D 2 i . e. th e of i ca ea A . . e Council N ( 3 5 , , a p riod of e e t en y ars) had amount d to days , e e e Pop Gr gory X I I I , i n accordanc with his L e e e 2 th e famous E ncyclical tt r, dat d 4 F bruary

1 8 2 e th e e of th e e 5 , und rtook r form Cal ndar and introduced what has s inc e b een known as th e N e th e Gregorian Calendar or ew Styl . th e of th e N ew th e By adoption Style , past e we e e e e th e a c rrors r xpung d , and , to obviat e th e e cumulation of similar rrors in futur , it was decided that th e commencing year of o n e ou t of e e e e e 00 v ry four c nturi s , which is divisibl by 4 , b e e e th e e 1 600 should a l ap y ar ; thus , y ar was e e th e e 1 0 0 1 800 a l ap y ar, whilst y ars 7 , and

1 00 e e t h e N ew e. 9 w r not , according to Styl e e th e e 2 000 b e Progr ssing in this ord r , y ar will a l eap year and th e following three centurial

s T t h e on . e e y ar will not , and so his is r ason

th e A e e t h e e r 1 00 why in rm nian Cal ndar , y a 9 (following th e Old Styl e of having a l eap year once every four years without interruption) was e e we e e a l ap y ar , whilst , as hav stat d , it was th e e e not according to Gr gorian Cal ndar, and ,

s e e th e e 1 0 0 we e o ne con qu ntly, in y ar 9 add d e th e e e th e O ld S e mor day to rror und r tyl ,

ee s e making it thirt n day , which will continu for 2 00 e A D 2 1 00 e th e y ars , that is , until . . , wh n

‘ ere w e da s a d s e r ee n o on . diff nce ill b com fou t n y , E a ster a n d tae Old S tyle 2 7

I t is remarkabl e that th e Gregorian Calendar A D wa s not introduced into E ngland until . .

1 2 e th e e e w e s ci en 7 5 , wh n in fac of ov r h lming t iﬁc inﬂu ences all eccl es ias tical p r ejudices and e e e e e th e d Obj ctions w r ov rcom , and ays falling b etween th e 3rdand th e 1 4th S eptember havi n g ee e th e N ew e e b n omitt d , Styl was adopt d by

e O n e e S A ct o f Parliam nt . hundr d and ixty S even years have pas s ed sinc e E ngland adopted th e r e e r we A e G gorian Cal nda , but rm nians still cli n g round th e O ld S tyle with a p ersistenc e and myster ious reverence which is almost mys

th e of s e tical , and this in full light ci ntiﬁc facts , which even t h e mo s t s ceptic beli eves in i m h li ci tl . S e e e t e S p y om p opl , to whom ituation e s e e eh e e app ar mor asily compr ensibl , argu that th e matt er i s perfectly plain and that it is ex clu s i vel r e s s O u r y att ibutabl to hi torical ground . r es s e e immo tal E ccl ia tical Fath rs , who und rtook th e w r e th e s e e es o k , labour d in cour of c nturi in t h e er e of th e A p f ction Church lmanac , which wa s ultimately con s ummated and tabulated with th e introduction of printing in t h e later M iddle T e A es . e e e d e e g h ir pati nc , n uranc and g nius hav e command ed our admiration and gratitud e

r es e s a s th ough all ag , and th y tand a lasting monum ent to their nam es in th e glorious pages

o u r r i s r s . e e e of hi to y But, wh a t th y achi v d e 2 8 Tae L a n d of A r a r a t

garded as sacred and surrounded with hallowed be e e e t r aditions which must not int rf r d with . e e e T hi s i s th e argum ent . I t is furth r acc ntuat d by th e trui s m that we A rm enian s hav e existed

o u r t h e e e as a Nation through Church , and b li f that ou r adh erence to th e Old Styl e and t o th e rubrics founded on it have been th e distinguish ing factors in th e mai ntenance o f ou r race and e e nationality , and that any alt ration or r form in

e es . this conn ction would r ult in a cataclysm But ,

s e e th e e e ur ly , a nation which produc d min nt m en who fram ed our Church Almanac for t h e e e e e e e e e b n ﬁt and conv ni nc of futur g n rations , i s admittedly productive of equally capabl e and e e e e t h e e e int llig nt p rsonaliti s at pr s nt day , and th ey a re to be s ought amongs t ou r Older as w ell as younger cl ergy in E tch m i a dz i n (which i s r e cogniz ed as t h e centre of A rm enian eccl esiastical

e e th e s cultur ), in Constantinopl , in hi torical and

e e e o f L re e s e er e. r v r d I sland St . aza , and l wh I f H i s H olines s th e Suprem e Spiritual H ead of our Nation would b e graciously pl eas ed to give a s eriou s and earn est thought to it and con s ent to th e adoption of t h e N ew Styl e amongst t h e

A e s E t c h m i a dz i n rm nian , a Convocation at Of

e es e e qualiﬁ d Church Dignitari could , with pati nc e r e- t h e A e and d votion , cast rm nian Church Cal s e th e S endar , and publi h it und r uprem e A u E a ster a n d t/ze Old S tyle

th or ity of H is H olines s . I n thi s way th e error

be we s e could put right , and hould fall into lin with th e Western nation s in what is acknow l edged by all to b e th e correct m ethod Of cal en darial calculation . E GYP T —A M E M O RY

T wa s A e 1 0 1 . T h e in l xandria , in 9 cold s eas on wa s approaching its close and th e de exodus of touri s ts was n early over . I had

e e r e t h e A e lay d my d pa tur , owing to rm nian on th e Eas ter which was at hand . I t was

wa s e T u esday of th e H oly Week . I r turning from a visit to a considerable colony of A r m en i a n e ee e e R fug s , t mporarily accommodat d

th e e Of th e A e in n ighbourhood rm nian Church ,

e th e e n of A e und r a gis , pri cipally , the rm nian e e a c B n volent I nstitution Of Egypt . I was e m companied by a fri nd who , through any ’ e s e e e y ar r sid nc in Egypt , was familiar with most things of local interest and understood

A . th e e we rabic I n principal Squar , noticed a

e A s - e fl w v ry Old rab fakir , with now whit o ing beard and in th e picturesque though worn - out

of h i s r H e e national garb count y . was r sting e e th e e e e e on a small portabl s at , in sh lt r d angl

e é h i s of a wall , outsid a caf , smoking chibouk and recounting h i s ch eri s hed recollections of days gon e by to a s m a ll group of interes ted — Egyp t A M em ory 3I

s e e e e A - - A li t n rs . With int rj ctions of llah uh kbar, this M ethu s elah of th e nin eteenth c entury wa s saying that h e was now over on e hundred yea r s of a e a h e ee h e wa s g , s had b n told that a baby e e e e H e wh n Napol on Bonapart invad d Egypt . had been an eye- witness to th e fortun es of t h e e e All e gr at Mohamm d who , though chi ﬂy known t o th e outsid e world by his destruction of th e

e e e e s th e e e e Mamluks , was , n v rth l s , r g n rator of

e e e s e Egypt and an ard nt r form r . H is ucc ssor, f H A s e e . e S O bba Pasha , was dif r nt was rich that h e was in th e habit Of adorning h i s dom estic

e s ? h pets with j ewelled n cklace . N ubar Pasha O

es h e e e e e e h e e y , r m mb r d him w ll , may r st in e e H e e e e p ac . had a larg and nobl h art, which for H beat with equal force rich and poor . e was devoted to th e welfare and advancement o f

e e e th e e of Egypt , and b li v d in pot ncy British h er H fri ends hip towards Egypt and peopl e. e wa s th e e e m en of sam nationality as thos poor , e e e e e who w r sitting in a Circl , a littl furth r away th e e th e S e to in middl of quar and who , his e e ee th e e e knowl dg , had b n occupying sam plac for t h e s e s e e la t four y ar , trying to arn th ir hard daily bread with brush and polish and a faded f e e e e m en e e O e e . pi c v lv t Who w r th s , and what inexorabl e fate had reduced them to such a p r e ? carious and humiliating an occupation Th ere 32 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

e e ee o f e e th e w r about ﬁft n th m , mostly b low

e a e s e s o n t h e middl g , squatting li tl s ly ground a e on e th e e e s w littl apart from oth r , som bu y ith

e e e s s e th ir humbl toil , oth r with arm fold d round th eir uplifted kn ees and foreh eads resting on

n th em . With thoughtful mind I approach ed o e o f th em and di s c r eetly plac ed my foot in position

- on th e foot rest in front of him . H e rous ed him self from h is reveri e and s et to work without

w - even looking at m e. H e a s a powerful looking

S e s man with broad hould rs and long arm , and “ - ﬁv f a r s e r e e o e. e p obably, om thi ty y ars g Giv s A e H e e . e th m a good lustr , I aid in rm nian

h is o wn e H h i s had h eard languag . e rais ed

e e m e e e s e h ad , look d at , th n nodd d in a s nt and dropp ed his head again . How long have you ? ” ee s e . s s e b n in Egypt I a k d H is bru h topp d , h is s e e ee e hand hook , and his whol fram s m d to trembl e like a suppressed volcano . T ardily rai s ing h i s s a d fac e with tho s e large black eyes to “ m e h e e th e e A e t h e e e , gav laconic r ply, ft r v nts ” s n w e t h S a oo . e e Of I n hat mann r, and in nam o f righteousnes s why had thi s s trong man of th e s fe e ? h e e w e mountains uf r d H ad lost a d ar if , a fond mother or a favourite child in those awful “ ” e e ? O r h e e e ee th e v nts , had v n b n through

e of e e e ? A n d tortur s an ntir dom stic holocaust , h ow I reproached myself for stirring distressing

34 T/ze L a n d of A r a r a t

But th ere were certain Observanc es in th e c ere we e e e monial which r vividly mbl matic and ,

e e e e. th e cons qu ntly , particularly impr ssiv I n e e e of th e A wa s Chanc l , imm diat ly in front ltar, e e e e e a v ritabl mound Of b autiful , fr sh pink ros s ,

en d en d of th e e z from to Chanc l , symboli ing

Mount Calvary . From th e centre of this mass of roses was elevated a huge Cross about seven ee e wee th e e e e of f t high , b t n transv rs s ctions which was suspended a miniature Cruciﬁx with h of N ot fa r t e ﬁgure Christ in precious m etal . th e of e th e e from mass ros s , and in Chanc l , was e e of r es e e a silv r R liquary p ctabl proportions , resting on a p edestal and fashion ed after th e e A ofth e e e dom d ltar H oly S pulchr in J erusalem . ” T e P a r eoa tu n a m en etz u n hat exquisit chant , g , was rendered by th e Choir . T h e whole con

re a ti on e th e e of th e g g kn lt . I t was mom nt e th e T h e e e D scent from Cross . highest ccl s ia s ti c e e th e e th e e e pr s nt, Vardap t of Dioc s , reverently removed th e small Cruciﬁx from th e e e e e th e e l vat d Cross , and plac d it in R liquary , T th ere to rest till Easter Sunday morning . h e e A n d B n ediction was given . T h ere was a lull . e th e e e e on e th n ntir congr gation , as if with

e e e th e e . r solv , b gan to sway towards Chanc l T his was n o mere outward religious custom ; it was th e impulse of deep - rooted belief and devo — Egyp t A M em ory 35

”

. E r va n d b e . A r s h a k et t wo tion , quick , g ; ” o n e al s o for mother . T h ey had attain ed th ei r d es ire ; th e members o f t h e congregation wer e

s e th e e now tr aming out of church , ach carrying

s e e t wo th e th e s s . a ro , som , from foot of Cro I s eem to recogni z e o n e face. I am not mistak en — that s orrowful face once s een cannot b e for

i s h e i t t . e . Yes e e gott n , sam Slowly and h avily h e s ou t th e e e is pa sing of church , with b nt h ad

e e es s e of and t arful y , sadly gazing at a Clu t r r s o es held i n h i s hands . O n e ro s e is enough A n dth e ? for himself. rest T h ey a r e for h i s d ear

es e s for e e e e on , cru lly lo t to him v r in his b lov d mountain s of S a s oon . T H E A RM E N I A N C H RI S T M A S

A N D WH Y IT FALLS ON 6 T H J ANUARY (Old S tyle)

' T mus t have occurred to many amongs t ou r

A r e es a s e- e e m nian Communiti , Yul tid com s e e e th e A e round ach y ar , to wond r why rm nian Christmas Day is c el ebrated on t h e 6th January

Old S t le th e e er es e e ( y ), whilst W st n Church c l

e th e 2 th e e e or e e s brat it on s D c mb r, tw lv day

e e . be e es e con arli r I t may of int r t to inquir , c is el th e e w e r e y, into r asons hich hav cont ibut d

th e h a s ee e s e e to anachronism , which b n in xi t nc

for e S ee r e e s now w llnigh ixt n hund d y ar , and which have b een diver s ely s uppo r ted and con t r over tedby opposing interpreters of t h e Biblical Doctrin e and of oth erwi s e purely traditional a s well as apparently auth enticated testimony o f

i s anci ent writers bear ing upon t h e s ubj ect . I t undeniabl e that from th e very comm encement of th e propagation Of Christianity down to our e A e u n s wer v own tim s , the rm nian Church has i n gly adh ered to t h e 6 th J anuary as a day o f es e th e Church f tival , in joint m mory of N ativity 36 Tne A r m en i a n Cnr i s tm a s 37 a n d th e Baptism of Chri s t and of th e Epiphany T h e es e (H a i tn u tneu n in A rm enian) . W t rn s e s e th e e Church e hav , imilarly , sinc about middl h e e e e th e 6 th r of t e fourth c ntury , c l brat d Janua y e a s a day of fes tival in m mory of our Saviour , e e but with r egard to th e Epiphany only . B for we e th e 6 th wa s e e that , ho v r, January acc pt d and cel ebrated by th em a s th e Day of th e N a s t i vi ty of Chri s t a s well . I n s upport of thi fact s s two proofs may b e given . St . J ohn Chry o tom

er e A A D . ( . 345 in a s mon pr ached at ntioch , 6 e S a A D . 8 e th e . Capital of yri , in 3 , d clar d that fr om th e v ery dawn of Ch r i s tianity all Chri s tian s cel eb r ated th e Birth and Bapti s m of Ch r i s t to

e er t h e 6 th wa s re g th on J anuary , and that it ba ly t en y ear s s inc e th e fea s t of 2 sth D ecember wa s

h T z e t e es e . h ld in W t , from hrac as far as Cadi

E i h a n i u s A D s s th e 6 th p p , writing in . . 37 5 , ay ’ January was t h e da y of Christ s Birth and th e Epiphani es (m eaning th e various manifestation s ou r S r i s th e e r e o f t h e Of aviou , that ; app a anc S th e s th e s th e ee tar to Magian Of Ea t , F ding o f th e e th e e multitud and Marriag at Cana) . T h e earli es t T h eological writers and Com m en ta tors hav e given va r iou s reason s for ante ’ th e 2 h e dating Christ s Birth to 5 t D ecemb r . O n e th e e e e was that arli st conv rts in Syria , e e e e Cappadocia and M sopotamia , w r r luctant 38 Tae L a n d of A r a r a t to abandon th eir ch eri s h ed festivals to which e ee e th y had b n accustom d i n pagan days , and

t o wi n e e th e L e o f t h e that th m ov r, atin fath rs

e A . D . e e th e Church , as arly as 35 4 transf rr d human birthday o f ou r Saviour from 6 th J anuary

2 th e e e e to s D c mb r , which was th n a Mithraic h e or th e d of t e . A e f ast , Birth ay Sun noth r e th e e d e r ason was that arly Christians in J u a a , e e t h e e on 6 th in c l brating both f asts January , used to as sembl e early in the morning in B eth e e e e th e e e l h m to comm morat Birth , and th n th y

e e t o e z e e o n th e hast n d J ordan , som do n mil s

e e of e e e e th e s oth r sid J rusal m , to c l brate Bapti m , which fatigu ed th em greatly and rendered th e c el ebrations indecorous . A n appeal was th ere e e to th e e e e e for mad Pop , who caus d an xhaustiv examination to b e mad e of th e J ewish A rchiv es e e e e e ee e which w r carri d to Rom , som thr hundr d

e s e s th e s e y ar pr viou ly , during sacking of J eru al m h A h t e . e e e e by Romans mongst t s , it is said , w r discovered th e writings of th e early H ebrew

e de a eto e historian J os phus , which f , gav the t h e 2 th e e e Birthday of Christ as 5 D c mb r .

e e T h es s h H nc its adoption . e doubtfuln Of t e of th e e e e e validity abov r asons must, how v r , b e apparent to any student o f th e hi s tory of e ancient tim s . T h e e e e gr at w ight of the argum nt, which has Té e A r men i a n Cnr i stm a s 39 convi n ced th e Arm enian Church in its a dh er e e to th e 6 th r nc J anua y as Christmas Day , as e e e th e A e e b qu ath d by postl s , conﬁrm d by

St . Gregory th e Illuminator and authenticated

th e e of ou r e by H oly Fath rs Church , is bas d , e on e e fundam ntally and entirely , t stam ntary evid ence contained in th e writings Of th e e e th e e fou n da Evang lists , which constitut v ry tion and st r ucture alike of th e precepts and e of th e e doctrin s Christian Church . I t se ms almost sup erﬂuous to say that we have no civil birth registration to rely upon and fewauth entic secular or historic evidenc e which we may con sult with absolute certainty as t o their v eracity . T h e Gosp els a re ou r only unimpeachable s ource

we e e ou r e e from which may d riv Church b li fs ,

s A n d be e e e e . rit and Obs rvanc s , it may add d , th e earli est authorities of th e Western Churches by no m eans ignored thi s essential fact in de term i n i n th e e on g dat which , in accordance with

e e of th e e . th ir r ading Gosp l , Christmas Day fell T e e e f e e th e h r is , howev r , this dif er nc that con clu s ion s which they arrived at a re n ot wholly u n assailabl e when contributive factors are brought e e e to aid with asc rtain d chronology , in int rpret i n g th e special passages in the N ew T estament bearing on the subj ect . Th e A e m th e rm nian Church, fro very begin 40 m e L a n d of A r a r a t n in e th e 6 th s g , adopt d January as Chri tmas Day , having for th e bas is o f i ts calculation th e par ti cu la r s in regard to th e A nnunciation o f Virgin Mary a s given in th e ﬁrs t chapter of th e Gosp el

T h - . L e e e o f th e according to St uk . ﬁrst lin “ argum ent i s bas ed upon th e entry of a c ertain “ es n e th e T e e a c pri t am d Zacharias into mpl , ’ ” “ r th e s of th e e e co ding to cu tom pri st s ofﬁc , to ” e e e e of t h e L a burn inc ns , wh n an ang l ord p p ea r ed and announc ed to him that h i s wife Elizab eth would h ea r h i m a son whose nam e s be e T e e hould call d J ohn . his particular c r mony of e e burning the inc ns is , by the common con s ent of th e Church authorities of whatso ever

e e t h e ew e s d nomination , associat d with J ish F a t “ ” of Yom or of A e e Kippur ( Day ton m nt) , e on th e l oth which unalt rably falls , annually,

of th e e e of Ti snr i i s day H br w month , that , t h e 2 7 th day of th e Roman month of S eptember T (OldS tyle) . his important rel igious ceremony lasted five days and wa s imm ediately followed “ th e e e of T e es by h bdomadal F ast ab rnacl , th e t wo e e e e e e that is , f asts tog th r last d tw lv days . During thes e twelve days th e officiating chos en pri est remained entirely by hims elf in th e T e e e th e a mpl , praying and p rforming p oi n t men ts e e e e e p of his Offic in p rf ct solitud , whil " t h e e e h T e p ople remain d praying wi t out . h n

4 2 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

A tonem ent when th e angel app eared to Zach i n th e T e e e of th e e arias mpl , inst ad from dat — — twelve days after when h e reached his house m et e a s e th e A r again and his wif , adopt d by m en ia n e b e e Church , which app ars to mor reas onabl e and logical . F or e e of ou r e e the b n ﬁt of such r ad rs , who may be bearing in mind th e fact that during th e present twenti eth century they a r e accus t om ed to s ee th e A rm enian Chri s tmas cel e b ra ted th e 1 of N ew S t le on 9 th day J anuary ( y ) ,

b e e e du e it may add d , incid ntally , that that is entirely to th e accumulated differenc e b etween th e ld e A e e O and the N ew Styl s . ref r nce to “ th e s econd part of ou r articl e on Easter and th e O ld e e t h e e of th e Styl , will xplain caus fe e e e e e n ot e dif r nc , which , how v r, do s inﬂuenc th e e 6 th th e A e ﬁxed dat , J anuary , as rm nian

s m th e Old e Chri t as Day , according to Styl

‘ e u s e a m on s t th e Cal ndar , which is still in g A e rm nians .

ARMENIAN ABBOT READING PRAYERS O VER T H E SI CK

da ook Fro m a n ill u stra tion in Ur ba t/z ag i r q Fr i y B

m d ook V 1 1 . the e a rliest Ar enia n p rinte b ( enice , 5 3 r P inter , T H E E A R L I ES T A RM E N I A N P R I N T I N G P RE SS

c O H A N N G U T E N B U RG of Mainz ( . 1 39 8 - 1 46 0 ) i s credited with th e honour of h D 1 f h A rt e t e e A . . o t e b ing inv ntor, in 45 5 , Of

e 1 2 2 - 1 1 Printing . William Caxton ( . 4 49 ) was th e ﬁ r st Engli s hman to establish a printing

r H es s 1 . e e p in E ngland , in 4 7 5 had liv d at

r e for e e e e com B ug s ov r thirty y ars , ngag d in m erc ia l s e e e h e wa s pur uits . By natur , how v r,

s of H e e of a cholarly turn mind . is said to hav e th e e l arnt art of printing at Cologn , during a

s e e 1 1 . s e vi it th r in 4 7 H is ﬁr t dat d book , from h i s es s e e L wa s printing pr at W stminst r, ondon , publish ed in 1 47 6 . T h e 400t h anniversary of A rmenian printing was c el ebrated s even years ago (1 9 1 through f out th e A rm enian world o l etters . Con e e e e t mporary J ournals d voted s v ral articles , at th e e s th e e of or ﬁve tim , toward d scription four books (of each Of which on e or t wo authenticated e a r e e of copi s still known to xist) , consisting e r of Church Cal ndar , F iday Book Exorcism , 4 3 44 Tae L a n d of A r a r a t

etc . e e e M issal , H orology , ; and print d at V nic ’

D 1 1 2 1 1 . T h e e e e o r in A . . 5 and 5 3 print r s D vic Patent Mark in all th ese publications con s i s ts of a plain ci r cl e pi erc ed by a cros s with th e Latin initial letters in th e four arc s es e e th e e e s e s e r p ctiv ly , and whol nclo d in a quar

T h e w s fram e o f doubl e lin es . rit er of thi A r ticl e h a s been unabl e to identify it in Old Catalogu es ’ o f Ven etian Printers D esigns b earing on t h e

O e ee e s s s e . e subj ct thers hav b n qually un ucc ful , consequently various conj ectures have been put forward towards th e interpretation of th e m ean T h f e e. e e o ing of this D vic cons nsus opinion ,

e e e th e e e s how v r, is inclin d to b li f that it mu t refer to an I talian Printing E s tablishm ent or a

of es combination I talian Printing H ous , to which o n e or two A rm enian compositors a n d engravers

T s may have contributed th eir labours . hi point

e s e th e e o f b ing still un olv d , honour and cr dit establishing and owning th e earli est A r men i a n p r inting press r es ts with th e A rm enian A b agh a r o f T okh a t t h e e e e s e , ﬁrst fruits of whos nt rpri D 6 e e e e A . 1 t h e app ar d at V nic in . 5 5 , by pub lica tion of th e Psalter (S ag nm u s ) or Book o f

s A e e for t h e e P alms in rm nian , print d ﬁrst tim

e A e s from an auth ntic rm nian manu cript . Who wa s this A bagh a r of i mp eri s habl e renown to whom th e Arm enian nation have cau s e to be Tae E a r li es t A r m en i a n P r i n ti ng P r ess 4 5

? everla s tingly grateful A history of Cyprus and Of th e a ssociation of A rm enian Kings with that

s th e e of th e s e i land , from about p riod cond

e i t s es th e T 1 0 crusad till conqu t by urks in 5 7 , ” w e A r e B a koora n e ritt n in m nian , by arly in th e es e e s pr nt c ntury, contain a chronological Li s t of Events in which app ears th e following : “ A b a r h i s wa e A s g , on y to Rom as mba sador

e t h e of E tch m ia dz i n on b half of Catholicos ,

e S e s e e h i s s on Micha l of ba tia , tog th r with e A e er e Sulthan and Fath r l xand , arriv d at

s 6 . r s e s be Cypru , I 5 3 F om thi it may r a onably inferred that t o be entrusted with t h e ofﬁce Of

A ss A b a h a r e ee an mba ador, g must hav b n a

e s f e T e e w ee be p r on o nobl birth . h r ould s m to h e wa s e e proof that v n of royal blood , judging

f th e h i s rom fact that son , who , according to an

s t h e s e e th e e e illu tration i n P alt r, bor pra nom ns

' A n s or A th e Marcus nto ino , Marco ntonino as

e wa s r Italians would styl it , popula ly known by neighbour nations in his own country as S a lt/t a n

S u ltna n sna /i e e or , an app llation d noting royalty . Proofs a re not wanting that both fath er and s on

e e m en of e e s a s h e w r also l tt rs, ina much in t M emorial I mprint at th e b eginning of th e Psalter

e e e Aba h a r i s e a s de i r m ntion d abov , g styl d p e a s r a meet or scrib , and his son g or book

e e s e . e e e mind d (lit rally tran lat d) I t was , th r for , 46 Tae L a n d of A r a r a t

natural that in accomplishing th e sp ecial mis e e e sion ntrust d to him by Catholicos M icha l ,

A ba h a r s e ee e es g hould , whilst in Rom , d ply int r t e t h e of wa s e hims lf in art printing , which th n th e e e e ngrossing topic of int r st in Italy, and

especially in ﬂourishing Venice. T h e writer h a s had th e pl easure of ex a m i n ing a privately own ed and remarkably well

e e e e of th e s e pr s rv d and compl te copy P alt r,

printed by A bag h a r in 1 5 6 5 . I t is an exc ellent specimen of A rm enian incunabula and of great

i s e e w e s e rarity . I t g n rally un is to p ak of any

e et e i s s thing as uniqu , y p rhaps it not incautiou e e b e e to say that , probably , th r cannot mor than two or three oth er Copi es of this earli est

edition extant . T h e Oldest A rm enian printed Psalter in t h e British Mus eum is th e edition of

1 8 e H o va n n es T er z i a n tz . 5 7 , print d by T h e particular copy of A bagh a r Psalter of

6 e of s th e 1 0 s I 5 5 , just spok n , contai n all 5 P alms T h e . e of th e e in full binding book , how v r, is of e e of t h e e t h e e lat r dat , probably p riod of Fr nch T h f Revolution . e dim ens ions o th e book (that e e e t h e a re w is , irr sp ctiv of binding) as follo s e 6 e e e e l ngth , inch s , br adth , 4 inch s , and d pth ,

1 Th e r " 2 inch es . edges a re richly gilt and ga n/ — " fer ed a contem p o r a r y feature of th e s ixteenth

e r . er r a r e ex ce t iOn s e e a r e c ntu y With v y p , th r

48 Tire L a n d of A r a r a t s ecti v l All f s p e y. books o contemporary is u e had “ ” th e e or - e ﬁrst pag titl e pag similarly blank . e e h e e e th e I t is , how v r , to r mark d that on ﬁrst or blank page of th e particular copy of th e edi e e e e s t h e e tion now b ing d scrib d , app ar dat and

t e e A . D signature of h p erson who own d it in . 1 6 1 e 5 writt n in ink which is discoloured now . T h e e i s e — A di 0 Ottoor e dat writt n in I talian 3 ,

1 6 1 th e oth O e 1 6 1 5 on 3 day of ctob r , 5 ) and th e s ignature i s written in H ebrew char a cters which a r e not readily comprehensibl e to t h e e e e e e pr s nt g n ration , but which , phon tically , probably stand for Ku st a M a n e/een to Kelu r z

T R . T his interpretation i s given subj ect to e O n th e th e e corr ction . top of third pag and in th e e e a re w e th e sam fad d ink , ritt n words , in

L P sa lter i u m i n L i n n a m A r m en i ea m tr a n s atin , g la tu th e e th e A e e Psalt r in rm nian languag , e T h e e of th e fol translat d) . numb ring Psalms th e A e e : lows nci nt V rsion , that is Psalms ix

e on e th e e e and x app ar as Psalm , with subs qu nt

e s e e numb r following cons cutiv ly until , con l vers e i s e n . y, Psalm cxlvii divid d i to two T h ere a re a few Doxological interpolations et e e th e e e b w en c rtain of Psalms , follow d in ach case by th e various S hort L itany i n u s e in th e th e e e A rm enian Church . I would ask indulg nc Of readers to m ention th ese variou s Doxology Tno E a r liest A r men ia n P r i n ti ng P r ess 49

T for th e beneﬁt of bibliophiles . hose r es p on s e e e e s e e e i n ibl for th s int rpolation w r , p rhaps ,

ﬂu en ced th e Old e e e th e by H br w t xt , in which P s alm s were divided into ﬁve books by a S imilar

r e b e e a rang ment . I t should also born in mind th e A e T th e e that rm nian ranslation of Bibl , and

e e e of th e s s s S th r for P alm , by Saint ahak and

Mes r ovb e t h e e u s e , arly in ﬁfth c ntury, and in th e A e e e e e in rm nian Church v r sinc , follow d th e S e tu a i n t e e e ee p g v rsion from H br w into Gr k ,

l x n dr i 2 B . e o u t A e a ia n . C e carri d at 7 3 , by ord r

T a r s of e e s . e e e i Ptol my Philad lphu h r , as it

e w s e e e e t h e Vu l a te w ll kno n , om diff r nc s in g

e s e ou t . e e u s e v r ion carri d by St J rom , and in i n t h e Wes tern Church es . T h e interpolation s

e e a re th e th e e m ntion d following, i n which ref r c a ces to chapter and vers e a re traced by t h e wr iter to th e Bibl e in u s e in th e A nglican for t h e e e O f th e e e e e Church , b n ﬁt g n ral r ad r. T h e A e e e th e e e rmenian t xt , how v r , is sam , exc pt th e of th e e in numb ering e v rs s .

1 A ter P s a lm of ( ) f xvii . Song Moses and

th e e e . . e e childr n of I sra l (Ex ch xv , v rs s 1 th e e e to to which Miriam Proph t ss , e e with timbr l in hand , sings and danc s

h . . C e e (Ex , xv , v rs

2 A ter P a lm s . f s o e . ( ) f xxxv Song Mose (D ut , h c . e es 1 xxxii , v rs to E 5 0 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

A ter P sa lm e e . (3) f liv . Song of Mos s (D ut ,

. x e e 2 2 ch xxii , v rs s to t S of A er P sa lm . th e (4) f lxxi ong H annah ,

e e 1 . ch . e s e 1 moth r of Samu l ( Sam , ii , v r s to

(5 ) Af ter P sa lm lxxxviii . Song of Proph et

I . e s S . e I saiah ( , ch xxvi , v r s 9 to N — (6) After P s a lm cv . ( ote P s alm c v is e e e a s c i v n i ce numb r d incorr ctly , and

T o f oer sa . ez e ) hanksgiving Song H kiah , f I S ch e o . . e 1 0 King J udah ( , xxxviii , v rs s to f A ter P sa lm . e o I S (7) f cxviii Pray r I saiah ( . , ch e s e 1 0 P e . xlii , v r s to I ray r of J onah h c . e e 2 (J onah , ii , v rs s to A ter P sa lm of (8) f cxlvii . Prayer H abakkuk (A m oa /éu m in A rm enian) th e Proph et

h . 2 . c e e (H ab , iii , v rs s to

A ter P sa l A m . e e (9 ) f cl (i) . most int r sting

- auto biographical Psalm , by David .

1 1 T h e o f T h e T ee e ( ) Song . hr H oly Childr n th e s o f th e e e in mid t burning ﬁ ry furnac ,

s o f 8 e s e con isting 4 v r s . (iii) T/ze M ag n iﬁ ea t (My s oul doth magnify h L t e h . s 6 etc . L e c e ord , uk , i , vers 4 t o

T h e e f s fa th er f o o . (iv) Pray r Zacharia , St J ohn

L e ch e s s 6 8 ( uk , . i , v r e to Tli e E a r li es t A r m en i a n P r i n ti ng P r ess 5 1

N u n e D i mi tti s or r e of Old e (v) , P ay r Sim on (L ord n ow l ettes t T hou T h y s er vant de L ch er s e r e e et c . e . pa t in p ac , uk , ii , v s 2 9 to 33) T h e r e s es (vi) P ay r of Manas , King of J udah , wh en h e wa s holden captive in Babylon

Ter A m en a é a l A e . T h e r s ( , in rm nian) ﬁ t 1 8 v ers es agree with those i n th e Apoc

r h a th e r es com m en c i n wit h A a e/zem yp ; t , g g

eu Knu n dr em we e e t h e e r , r add d during a ly

p eriod of ou r Chu r ch . — I llu s tr a ti on s T h ere a r e in all twelve well — executed wood - cu t illu s tr ations all uncoloured - which constitute a very inter es ting feature in th e e of b e e e book , som which will found d scrib d

e w th e r t wo th e s b lo , and of which ﬁ st and la t

s eci a ll cu t th e O f s two w ere p y for book . th e e s e - s th e e s o n th e four p cial wood cut , ﬁrst app ar s econd page and represents Pope Pius I V r e cei vi n g th e A rm enian A mbassador and h i s son T h e f h in audi ence. nam es o all t e ﬁgures a p pear ing in th e pictu r e a r e conspicuou s ly S hown L e e e e in atin capital l tt rs , d signating ach dig

n i ta r . T h e e e i s th e e e e y c ntral ﬁgur Pop , s at d h i s T r e e we on h on , in full Pontiﬁcal rob s and ar th e T or T e H ing iara ripl Crown . e i s holding ’

S t . e e ke e es o n P t r s y in his l ft hand , which r ts h i s e ee e e o n th e e e l ft kn , and ngrav d top fri z of 5 2 l e L a n d of A r a r a t h i s I O n e throne is Pius I I I . a l vel with th e h th e e e t o of t e e e . th e p thron app ar l tt rs M D . to V t o th e e of th e right and L X . l ft thron e and 6 T o h A D 1 . t e which signify . . 5 5 l eft of th e e d e e thron stan two Cardinals , both b ard d , B R ROME U S e . O e e nam ly , CARD (who was a n ph w o f e e th e Pius I V , and who b cam famous as

re A of pu and upright rchbishop M ilan) , and MOR ON U S e s e e- e CARD . , who w ar a coll giat shap d

h is e e s th e s s e hat, whilst n ighbour w ar u ual hap d

e i s r ed hat of a Cardinal . N xt a B ishop or

E i sco u s e e e- e p p , also w aring a coll giat shap d hat H . i s e e . e e e and b ard d , E PIS F I OR DIBELLO s at d

es e o n b e s ee at an critoir , which can n a docu e e e e h e m nt with a s al susp nd d from it , and is holding in his left hand what appears to be a H e th e S eal of O fﬁce. is probably Papal S ec

T th e of th e e s r eta r y. o right thron stand a e e th e e Cardinal , b ard d and with usual shap d ’

A . on . e Cardinal s hat , CARD MULI US , V N xt we ﬁnd th e ﬁgure of a b earded p erson in th e e of A e A RAG H AR th e national costum rm nia , ,

r A mbassado from Catholicos M ichael . H e is ee on ee kn ling both kn s and , with both hands ,

ou t e e e re is holding to the Pop an op n cask t, p s u m abl th e es e e y containing customary pr nt , ov r w t h e e e s b ea tiﬁc hich Pop xtend a right hand . O ver the kneeling ﬁgure stands a youthful Tli e E a r li est A r m en i a n P r i n ti ng P r ess 5 3

° A ro ﬁgure whos e name MARCO A NTO . RMENO p

‘ h a r s u s claims him a s th e son o f A ba g . I n his p ended right hand is a four-cornered articl e e T o th e e e e which may al s o b e a pres nt . xtr m right of th e thron e s tand s a Crosi er t erminating T h e e es th e e. in a Cross , which compl t pictur s econd s p ecial wood - cut illustration appears o n th e third page and repres ents th e Doge of e e e e h i s e V enice in full S tat rob s s at d on thron ,

r a r e S ix e in audi ence. Su rounding him Stat

r ee o n e s e e e Councillors , th ach id , all b ard d and O ve th e e th e e i s e e s eated . r h ad of Dog ngrav d h i s e P R I OL U S th e nam , H IERONYMUS , and word VENETIA of which th e ﬁrst four letters s tand on th e right and th e res t on t h e left of th e word

s A t t h e of t h e e e H i eronymu . foot thron app ar V L X . A D h . . t e e e . . l tt rs M D (that is , I n t h e o r namental s emi - circular arch forming t h e e th e e e th e e L h ad of thron , app ars Wing d ion o f Venice with two armoured ﬁgures l eaning on

th e e O f th e e - e e to outsid s mi circl , ach holding a h - palm l eaf in his hand . I n t e fore front of th e thron e stands forward th e fath er of th e A r m en ia n e e h i s Printing Pr ss , holding a p tition in — hand mo doubt containing th e request for es tab lis h i n A e g an rm nian Printing Press in Venice. B elow th e two illustrations j ust describ ed is th e

r Of P s a lter i n old- e Memo ial I mprint the , fashion d 5 4 Tlt e L a n d of A r a r a t

A e of th e e rm nian , which following is a lit ral “ translation : I n th e y ear of t h e A rm enian

1 0 1 Ab a h a r of T okh a t s e e Era 4 , I , g , crib , mad e e n ew e of e r qu st for this book , at Rom , Pop e h e e e e i t— P trus , and gav ord rs to mak through th e m ediation of th ese Cardinals and o f this E p i s cop u s and o f my book - minded s on Sulthan S A n d h e t h e e s ea hah . aving com to b autiful e w e e e i n t h e port m tropolis hich is call d V nic ,

e of e E ler em on we e n ew r ign Dog , produc d this ” - book thi s modest exposition of th e Psalms .

E x la ti h D 2 n a on s a t e e A . . f . ( ) I n y ar 5 5 a

' reformation o f th e Calen da r t ook plac e in A r e th e M ovs es th e m nia , in days of Catholicos , ﬁrs t year of th e A rm enian E ra comm encing in e 1 e t h e e 1 0 1 that y ar , so that 5 5 add d to y ar 4 (given in alphabetical num erals i n th e I mprint) 5 e A . D 1 6 e e quals . 5 5 . ( ) Pop P trus stands for e wa s 1 Pop Pius I V who born in 499 , and was e 1 1 6 e E ler em on Pop from 5 5 9 to 5 5 . () stands e e o r for J rom H i eronymus . T h e third sp ecial wood - cut appears at th e

d f s en o . e e e e P alm cxlvii I t r pr s nts , pr sumably, ’ th e D evic e or Patent Mark of A bag h a r s Print

s ing H ouse. I ts formation is a square enclo ing a circl e with laurelled circumference. A ch erub graces the circl e at each en d Of its (vertical) e e ve th e e e on e e diam t r , o r n th r of which ris s a

‘ 5 Tke L a n dof A r a r a t

es e e n e s a n d both th attributions w re co j cture , lat er opinion is inclined to regard it as t h e in itia l of th e workshop wh ere th ey were en

e e of t h e - s grav d . Fiv wood cut illu tration s i n t h e Abagh a r Psalter contain this con “ s ic u ou s 5 - e p i nitial , which wood cuts I hav compared with th eir original on es app earing in th e 1 0 e of th e Ma lerm i e of 49 dition Bibl , which

e e e e th e s e an xc ll nt copy xists in British M u um , and they corres pond in every detail . T here is no doubt whatsoever that th e original wood- cut blocks were either borrowed or acquired by

Ab h r f ag a and made u s e o in his Psalter . I t e e of will , perhaps , sufﬁce if I mak m ntion two T h e on e only of th e remaining eight cuts . ﬁrst

e e th e s e e app ars ov r ﬁrst P alm , and v ry prop rly e e e e e e h i s d picts David in r gal rob s , s at d outsid Palace in J erusal em by a proj ecting hewn plinth (of which there a re two with a lion rampant at th e en d of e th e e e th e ach , at ntranc into court

O f th e I S yard Palac e) . David playing his harp

(of th e small . variety in u s e i n his tim e) with e both hands, and is singing his prais s from his book of Psalms which is resting on th e back of on e of th e T O e ornamental lions . his right ris s the Hill of Zion with the Royal City of David h e e e on it, which built aft r his conqu st Of J eru e sal em . I n the distant horiz on app ars a fanciful

Ti e E a r li es t A r m en i a n P r i n ti ng P r ess 5 7

’ c onception of J ehovah to whom David i s direct

T o e e e ing h i s laudatory in s piration s . giv a t nd r touch to h i s affectionate m emory of h i s youthful

of s e h i s e e c o n days pa toral lif , only audi nc

f s e e s s i s ts o a olitary goat r cumb nt , rapturou ly ’ li s tening to th e Ps almist s enchanting song and m elody . A s p ecim en page of t h e Psalter is reproduced

s e th e - cu t s r Oppo it , in which wood illu t ation ’ A s s a s e e e depicts braham vi ion giv n in G n sis ,

T O t h e e of t h e e i s ee h . c . xv l ft pictur s n A s e of e braham tanding in an attitud pray r , e G od s upplicating for an h ir , and promising

T h e e of th e e e es e s him a son . r st pictur r pr nt “ th e e e A T e m e Divin ord r to braham , ak an

e fe of ee e Old S h e- of ee h i r thr y ars , and a goat thr

e s old of e e s old y ar , and a ram thre y ar , and a ” - h r e e e G en . c . tu tl dov , and a young pig on . ( , xv , vers e T h e e e Colophon occupi s two full pag s , nam ely ; th e p enultimate page a n d th e on e prec eding it. I append a literal translation of “ it for lovers of research : Glory to th e indivis e co- e T e ibl and val H oly rinity, Fath r, Son and

e e . A e T Holy Ghost, for v r m n . his holy Song book of David was constructed from a choice e of th e f and spl ndid copy Monk o Karin . I n th e A e 1 0 1 th e 1 th on rm nian Era, 5 , 7 May, a . 5 8 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

’ 1 2 P a . e Friday , at o clock D uring the Suprem triarchate O f Father M ichael (A rm enia Major)

of e e o f and his Br thr n unanimous opinion , and in th e fourth year of Fath er Kh a ch a toor (A r

e t E i s co u s Mel m nia Minor) . A the feet of p p ch i z edek of E rz i n gan ; at th e M etropolis Of e A n d e th e A e e. V nic , in rm nian Spiritual H ous ,

t h e co- e of e e e e with op ration th s pri sts , Fath r A e A e e H ova n n es nania , Fath r l xan , Fath r ,

S a r h i s th e e e A s tva dz a toor A e g Curat , Fath r , l x

th e A e Kh ubi a r S a r h is anos colyt , Petrus , , g

va n e e - and Joo . Rememb r in your cl an shining e e Of e e old e pray rs the labour rs th s , Sim on , and m e A bagh a r of T okh a t and the black [N ote

e e u stts i ton er n w n ot H r follows a word , hich is e e m e e int lligibl to , but which I surmis means men i a /s] and may G od rememb er you in his ” h A . A e e t e next dvent m n . I would r mark that

of e e of th e' last word the Colophon , and , th r fore , Psalter (which is not followed by th e exp ected

e A m men n . period r ads , phonetically, as I have noticed in other parts of this book t h e

e S sam word imilarly printed , though signifying “ ” A e T e e e . m n , as int nd d his would argu in e favour Of t h e word d enoting ﬁnality to th work .

Yet th e A mmen n A e , word , in rmenian , m ans also “ ” or all altogether, which leads me to the conjecture that , possibly , a few more words Tae E a r li es t A r m en i a n P r i n ti ng P r ess 5 9

were intend ed to b e printed . I t was not u n common i n th e printed books even o f oth er e t h e ee e languag s , in sixt nth c ntury, to ﬁnd

s s s fer e e of t h e s e e omi ion in dif nt copi s am dition , and s ometim es a whol e page in th e book a p p ea r ed blank with th e text appertaining to it

s w s e . We e e e e mis ing will , ho v r, r p ctfully tak ou r l eave n ow of th e illu s trious founder of our

s A e n e ﬁr t rm nian Printi g Pr ss , and say with A b a h a r A e . g , m n A RM E N I A N C H U RC H M U S I C

U S I C e a s , both instrum ntal and vocal , a

e e i s of e m dium of pray r and worship , v ry great antiquity . T h e J ews have reasonable his t or i cal grounds for Claiming to b e th e earli est nation to introduce music i nto th eir d evotional

e of th e songs and prayers , in th ir worship only

G od e T h e s e , J hovah . palm of fir t stablishing e s e and conducting a r ligiou choir , during th ir ’ many years tedious wanderings to th e Promised h L e t e e e e A . and , is giv n to H brew pr c ntor saph e e e e e e o f H is was a r markabl achi v m nt, in vi w th e primitive times during which it was a c complish ed ; and we find that th e silver trump et and th e harp played an important part in th e ’ religious servic es in Solomon s T empl e. th e e of With adv nt Christianity , and during th e t of e e firs century its birth , th r is no doubt that th e H ebrew Chants of p re- Christian days had a preponderating influenc e in framing and populari z ing th e Church singing of th e earli est T th e Christians . his was especially so amongst different races inhabiting M esopotamia and

A r men i a n C/zu r c/z M u s i c 6 1

U r u a r tu or th e of A A e land rarat , that is , rm nia . T h e twelve discipl es of Chri s t were all J ews

th e e e s o f and , in accomplishm nt of th ir ta k di s seminating th e t eachings of th eir Master w e e e e e e e own h r v r th y w nt, th y brought th ir chants to bear upon th e songs and praises o f th e e es e s wh o e e e s e es arli t conv rt , w r th m lv e s e e e e e alr ady familiar with tho m lodi s , ith r through centuri es of international intercours e e ee e r e or e e b tw n n ighbou ing countri s , by r put in th e case o f those in th e Wes t . T h ere i s no reliabl e record of th e pa r ticular nature of Chu r ch mu s ic in A rm enia du r ing th e ﬁ rs t century of t h e Chri s tian E ra beyond th e e e e e e e H braic inﬂu nc alr ady m ntion d , owing to th e frequ ent lapses from Ch r istianity to paganism

vi ce ver sa th e e e e o r and , according to t mp ram nt

e o n th e t h e r s capric part of ruling mona ch . T e e i s e e e e th e h r , howev r, vid nc that during s econd and third c enturi es anoth er inﬂu ence came into play in th e eccl esiastical music of A e of e r e to rm nia , which trac s main this day . ee T his was th e anci ent Gr k inﬂuence. During s e e es e es th e A e tho arli t c nturi Church of rm nia , a s e wa s t t h known th n , in spiritual union wi h e G r eek Church through their Patriarchs at e e Ca a doci a wh os e e ee Ca sar a in pp , Dioc s xtended over th e greatest part Of th e Churches in A sia 6 2 l e L a n d of A r a r a t as well as over thos e in T hrace and Macedonia T h e ee t h e in th e West . Gr ks inhabiting

e th e es e r r s countri s in W t , in mb acing Ch i ti a n i t e th e w e y, clamour d for chants to hich th y w s u ere accustom ed in th eir pagan day . Co s e

e e e th e e ee s s qu ntly c rtain Of anci nt Gr k chant , and more particularly t h e s tyl e known as

e e ed e e e s s e Dorian , w r adopt , and th nc th y pa d t h e s A e to Church mu ic in rm nia , but not in

e e e e er s e e th ir ntir ty . M usical xp t trac c rtain s imilariti es b etween t h e music of th e t wo

es e e w th e Church , sp cially in what is kno n as ﬁfth mode in A rm enian Church mu s ic or Yer r or d Tsa i n th e e , i n which chromatic scal , i n e e e e T h e mark d s miton s , is appar nt . third

A e e or Yer é r or dTsa i n e rm nian mod , , is r garded a s th e e th e clos st to Dorian . With th e dawn of th e fourth century came th e establishment of m ethodical choral s inging in th e Church es of A rm enia with t h e adoption of s A D 2 8 a s t h e Chri tianity , in . . 9 , national

e of A e th e s of S t . e r ligion rm nia , at hand Gr gory

h u i s e e a s t e . S I ll minator t . Gregory r gard d p ersonally respon s ibl e for som e of t h e sacred lyr ic s in u s e in th e A rm enian Church ; and it i s r e e a s e D 0 e e s cord d that arly a s A . . 35 th s lyric and some Sacred O des were already s et to L e music . ss than half a century from thi s tim e A r men i a n Cnu r c/c M u s i c 6 3 brought on th ehori z on tho s e two brilliant stars h e of th e A e in t H istory rm nian Church , who not only i nvented th e A rm enian alphabet and enriched th e Church in regard to i ts general r e e e th e s of itual , but also d ﬁnit ly arrang d mu ic th e Church by bas ing th e m elodi es on eight e e e t h e different fundam ental mod s . I r f r to S e f e s . Catholico St ahak , and his qually gi t d

- M r b s e es ov . c o adjutor S t . I t was at thi tim

e r e r . r s r that th i cont mpora y , St Ch yso tom , Pat i

A . D s e arch a t Cons tantinopl e ( . con ummat d th e L iturgy of th e Mass in u s e in th e Greek

i s th e s e a s Church , and which practically am

s e th e A r r t h e on e i n u in menian Chu ch . f A A e e o e . e noth r cont mporary th irs , St mbros , reduced t h e music of th e Greek Church (characterized by certain s quare- shaped nota e e of th e e tions) to a r gular syst m , which nom n cla t u re was e e ee ee ntir ly Gr k , and which has b n e a s th e A known aft r him mbrosian Chant . I t is n ot ou t Of place to m ention h ere a com m on er r or wh ich s ome p eopl euncon s ciously make in styling th e or igin of th e anci ent A rmenian “ ” s th e e r T s chant as Gr go ian Chant . hi is a pal h e e h a s n o e t h e pa l misnom r , and conn ction with ar rangem ent of th e chants in th e A rm enian h T h “ ” C urch . e appellation Greg orian Chant

i s du e e wa s e of to Gr gory I , who Pop Rom e 64 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

s h 6 . e t A . D 0 0 e from . 5 9 to 4 H e aboli h d char A acter ton es arranged by St . mbrose two

e es e e e c nturi pr vious to his tim , and substitut d t h e s s e e e er of th e e ﬁr t v n l tt s Roman alphab t , by which h e limited t h e notations to th e sounds

e e e to of an octav , in which form it is r tain d this th e h T h e e day in Roman Catholic Churc . not s ,

w e e e e i n as kno n in mod rn music , w r of cours e e e e e th e e v nt d c nturi s aft r, but ﬁrst id a Of adopting th e ﬁrst seven l etters of th e alphab et to th e octave and applying them to th e eccl e

i c l du e e s a s ti a chants was e to Pop Gr gory I . ” H ence the Gregorian Chant as distingui s h ed th e A from mbrosian Chant .

A e th e two e ft r H oly Fath rs , Saints Sahak

M es rovb e e e th e and as m ntion d abov , and in e of e e e th e cours sev ral c nturi s , the music of A rm enian Church wa s consolidated and im

e du e th e a d prov d , and , in course , applied to mirabl e hymns which a re des ervedly regarded as peerl ess amongst t h e literature of th e Eastern O T h e rthodox Churches . climax cam e with

e e Cla a n t z or S/zn or /za lee th e St . N rs s y ( Grace th e en d of th e ful), who was born towards e e e e wh o e e e l v nth c ntury and , in a long lif d vot d to t h e championship of th e orthodoxy of t h e A e e Of rm nian Church , was a proliﬁc compos r

s e e r s hymn as well as of thos matchl ss ly ic , A r men i a n Cnu r clc M u s i c 6 5

L e e s o we t h e nt n and ordinary , ll known in

A rmenian Book o f Common Prayer . T h e Book of Hymns in u s e in th e A rm enian Church i s known in th e A rm enian language a s

e s T e a re e S na r a aa n or R ow of G m . h y writt n

th e es e s A e in pur t anci nt or cla sical rm nian , and anyone wh o h a s s tudi ed them carefully and noted th e g r andeur of diction and s ublimity o f d eep thought will n ot wonder at th e ter m i n l T e e e e o og y. h y constitut a v ry pic in

A r e e e ca n b e i n con m nian lit ratur , and it said t es ta bly that no oth er writing i n th e A rm enian

e e e e o r e es languag , ith r Of anci nt mod rn tim , ca n com e within m eas urabl e compari s on of th e b eautiful language in which t h e hymn s w ere b s e . e e e e compo d I t may m ntion d , incid ntally, that th e ﬁrs t printed edition o f t h e A rm enian

S na r a é a n wa s s e A s er 1 6 6 publi h d in m t dam in 4 , fr om t h e P r inting Pres s own ed by th e A r m enian

Bi s hop Wos ka n . T h e mus ical rendering of th e hymn s in th e e e a s e a s th e s e es ntir ritual , w ll of p cial od and

r e s u s e th e L r th e i s of p ay r in in itu gy of Mass , th e s e a s s i s th e s tyl known chant , that , mo t

e s es of s anci nt and impl t form Church mu ic , controll ed by m u s ical notes and adapted to s e s e T h e mu ical m a ur at volition . Chanting i t s e i s i s s a th e lf antiphonal , that to y, Choir 6 6 Ti mL a n d of A r a r a t render the hymns alternately and responsively fr om positions right and l eft of t h e Chancel th e e e t h e e e below Sanctuary , xc pt during c l bra

of e t h e e e e tion Mass , wh n Chorist rs ass mbl in f t h e e th e A s t h e c entre o chanc l facing ltar, whil t th e acolytes respond from th e S anctuary . h e e e e e e T e ight distinct mod s , r f rr d to abov , constitute in effect th e k ey or prelude indicative i n each case of th e air to which th e hymns a re s et T e e e or e e es a re re . h s mod s op ning pr lud

T h e s es markable in th eir simplicity . mu ical not e e e on e e e e th ms lv s , which may mor prop rly styl e e e e e as forms or charact rs , compris in th ir ntir ty th e whol e gamut of th e modern diatonic scale

e th e e s as w ll as rests , turns , trills , and acc nt

e T h e e a known in mod rn singing . m thodof not tion is t h e very simple on e o f placing th e notes er e e e th e e ov , and in som cas s b low , syllabl s Of h h t e words wh ere t e intonations a re required .

T e e a re e - e h r , altogether, tw nty four cardinal not s

u s e A e e e s s o f in in rm nian ccl sia tical mu ic , which t h e A e s e e e e a re rm nian name , r nd r d phon tically ,

th e — S nesnt P noos/t E nootlc P a r u a following , , , y , ' I er /éa r S oo n S oor Tnoor Tna s/ct Wolor a é , g , , , , ,

Knoon tcn Ver n a é /ca n N er cn a (ma /t Ca r ca s/z , g , g , ,

Knos r ooa i n Tz oon é Tz n é n er E nen é or tcn y , , y , ,

Tz a é or tc/t E kar tc/c K eam H oona i , , a , ,

Z a r a. s e e e e s s s and I n cour of tim , c rtain nthu ia t

6 8 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t t h e e th e e ee e r th e s cond half of nin t nth c ntu y ,

z e of e A rm enian Mekh i ta ria n t Soci ty V enic (St . L az are) transpos ed th e L iturgy of th e Mas s e e i t wa s into mod rn Europ an notation , but not

e u s e t h e e e e adopt d for in Church s , v n though it pos s es sed th e reputation o f a scholarly work

r t T h e e e in t h e A Of Music . r al r ason why

e h a s ee e e mod rn music not b n in g n ral favour , i s be e e to attribut d partly to anxi ty , born of

s e e on e of th e patrioti m , that th r by particular

e s th e b e l s charact ristic of Church would o t , and partly to obj ection to t h e u s e of instrum ental T h s or . e mu ic , such as a harmonium an organ ﬁrs t obj ection i s on e O f psychology and would n eed a wider treatm ent than th e limits of th e

e e s r e e e pr s nt hort a ticl p rmit , but in r gard to t h e s e e i s w e cond Obj ction , it orthy of notic that in s trum ental mu s ic of a kind h a s been in exi s t e e ou r es t h e e es e nc in Church from arli t tim s , s a s th e s t h e e th e uch cymbal , triangl , and dif fer en t e e s z a n a é T es e a r e ton d small b ll ( g ) . h s till in u s e in t h e church es in th e interior of “ A r e . I n s cl we s a e m nia P alm y, Prais him with th e p s altery and ha r p prai s e him with th e s e s r We s a tring d in t um ents and organ s . y s o i s r e we e . A s e , but in actual p actic d mur ca within th e knowl edge of th e w r iter in which mod ern chanti ng to t h e accompanim en t of a A r m emi a n C/z u r c/i M u s i c 6 9

e e s e T h harmonium has be n tri d with ucc ss . e “ A rmenian clergyman in charge o f th e Colony R ev . . e in Rangoon (British Burmah) , H Vard n , e few e e h i s som y ars ago , introduc d into Church

s e r vocal mu ic with E urop an notation , o iginally

e T i ﬂi s s s s s publish d in (Ru ian Cauca u ) , and ’ under his own tuition form ed a choir o f ladi es

es s e e e e e h a s voic (it lf a nov lty) , and I b li v it s A e s T r e continu ed ev er ince. rm nian in u k y and in Europ e a r e aware o f th e s ucces s in a s imilar direction of th e A rm enian eccl es ias tic

Ko m i ta s r e s e er s we - r e Va dap t , who p onal ll t ain d voice and mu s ical efforts h ave familiariz ed th em with t h e excell ent res ults t o b e attain ed und er equal conditions . A more complete and exhaustive achi evem ent in moder ni z ing th e notation o f th e anci ent

A r e i th e s e e er m n an chants , and , at am tim , p etu a ti n t h e e es wa s e p g original anci nt tun , und r taken and accomplish ed twenty years ago by a

e - w A e of s w ll kno n rm nian lady Calcutta , Mis A m T h e e e y A p ca r . pati nc and gr eat labour involved in producing h er wo r k were v eritably

e s th s s stup ndou . I n composing e mu ic h e had

e w e e th e a r i a o f th to tak do n , not for not , e divers e m elodi es while listening to t h e S inging of

e r e e e e s s t h e an admitt dly liabl ccl sia tical vocali t , R v e . . . H a cob i a n wa s P H , who acknowl edged 7 0 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t to b e a correct expon ent of th e original ancient school of Church mu s ic which had its origin in

V a g a rs h a p a t (E tch m i a dz i n ) . Wh en it is r e m emb ered how intricate som e of th e chants a re e of e e e , in spit their primitiv n ss , and mor particularly those appointed in th e rubrics for

es th e ﬂu ctu a f tival days , and how rapid vocal a r e e of th e e e tions in som passag s , an id a can b e form ed of t h e immensity of m ental effort in h e T h e compiling t work . transliteration o f th e text into Roman l etters must have its elf been a

s e e . s A ca r work of con id rabl labour M i s p , in t h e e o n e of h er es I ntroductory N ot to volum ,

h r s m entions e acknowledgm ents t o M r . T homa

e e e O f th e A e Malcolm , a promin nt m mb r rm nian

for s community in Calcutta , tran lating into

s E ngli s h s om e o f th e L it u rgical F e tival H ymn s .

S h e al s o rec eived valuabl e ass i s tanc e from M r . T e e e e th e e e e hadd us St ph n , for thirty y ars r v r d H ead Master of th e A rm enian College in Cal

c u tta s s e , for similarly tran lating into E nglish tho s urpassingly b eautiful hymns appointed for t h e

h r w ee . s A ca r e H oly W k Mi s p had ork , simul

t a n eou sl z - s y, harmoni ed for four part inging, and th e e e e e h er er e m lodi s , as rend r d by , w duly adopted for u s e i n t h e A rm enian Chu r ch of e e th e a c Calcutta , v n though still without

r co mp a n im en t of in s trum ental music . Du ing A r men i a n Cnu r cn M u s i c 7 1 th e past twenty years s h e has devoted h er life to t h e formation a n d training of a choir com e Of s th e A e e T h pos d boy from rm nian Coll ge. e e es a re s m lodi ung in unison , though singing in

s ee e e th e con harmony has al o b n att mpt d , and g reg a tion s a re n ow b ecoming familiar with t h e advantages of S i ngi ng in regulated p i tch es and m easured ton es . A RM E N I A : A C H RO N O L O G I CA L

- T 2 2 B . C . A . D 1 R E A T I S E . 47 . 375

PART I O L LOWI N G upon what is known as th e S ejﬁtu ag i n t or L XX sy s tem of Biblical th e A e s e th e e of Chronology, rm nian plac dat 2 B h C . t e t h e Creation of Man at 5 4 5 . and e D luge

. h e 1 6 B . C e e t e e at 3 3 Subs qu nt to D lug , both for e - e e e e e s cular and non s cular v nts , th y mploy

th e Or i i n a l H ebr ew e g Chronology , which plac s

h e e B . C T h e e t Cr ation at 40 04 . latt r adoption is m erely for th e s ake of convenient comparison of e e A con dat s associat d with rmenia , with temporary events Of oth er nations . T h e differ e e e ee th e e e nc b tw n two syst ms is discernibl , in it s e e e e e ee th e e th e gr at st xt nt, b tw n D luge and of A e Birth braham , post rior to which it gradu

s e i t s e s e e ally dimini h s until di app ar altog th r . ’ from the tim e Of th e Foundation of Solomon s T e e 1 0 1 2 mpl ,

, th e A A I n E ngland rchbishop of rmagh , s e s e U sh r , publi h d his famous Chronological ” Notation s in the middle of th e s eventeenth 7 2 A r men i a A Cﬁr on ologi ca l Tr ea ti se 7 3 century in support of th e origi n al H ebrew com

. T 00 B C . putation , 4 4 his has found favour with e e e u s e e W st rn nations , and has b en in with th m th f Th e e since e dawn o Christianity . S ptuagint

s e th e of Sy t m , that is to say , method calcula tion accepted and adopted by th e seventy l earned e e e Rabbi , who by ord r of Ptol my Philad lphus translated th e Old T estam ent into Greek in

2 B . A r h C . e e t e e 73 , in l xand ia, plac d Cr ation at

2 B . h C. r e re t e 54 5 , acco ding to th ir ading Of gen ealogy of th e Patriarch s in conjunction with corroborativ e testimony m entioned in th e

h f s s e t e o e e . Holy Writ , oth r than in Book G n i T hi s corroborative testimony is disregarded in

h e e s T h e e or t e original H br w ystem . larg r S eptuagint computation h a s been in u s e in th e

s e e th e e e es Ea t rn Church s from arli st tim , and

i ts s e e amongst English upport rs , in comparativ ly

e e es be e e e r c nt tim , may m ntion d such w ll known nam es a s H ales and J ackson . T h e total difference between th e t wo sys tems of chronology is years m i n u s

' e e t h e com I n arriving at th ir r sult, puters divided th e p er iod between th e Creation and t h e Birth of our L ord into six distinct E r as or e s T h e w T e w h e p riod . follo ing abl sho s t dif

ere e e th e s er e f nc in r gard to Fir t P iod , nam ly ,

r th e e th e e e h e s f om Cr ation to D lug . T basi of 74 Tlce L a n d of A r a r a t

’ G en or A calculation is . v , dam s generations , where th e age of each of t h e t en antediluvian Patriarchs at the birth Of a s on next in descent e 1 1 h . e e t e of is giv n , and Gen vii , , wh r age th e e of e e N oah at tim the D lug is mentioned .

Adam 2 30 and begat Seth Seth 2 0 5 Enos Enos 1 9 0 Cainan Cainan I 7 0 Mahalaleel Mahalaleel 1 65 Jared Jared I 6 2 Enoch Enoch 1 6 5 M ethu selah Meth u selah 1 8 7 Lam ech Lam ech 1 8 8 Noah Noah 5 0 0 Shem ’ Noah s age (6 0 0 ) at D el uge 1 0 0

T h e Second Period embraces the epoch b e tween th e D eluge and th e call of A braham from th e e - ﬁfth e of H aran to Canaan , in sev nty y ar T e a e . h e his g (Gen xii , numb r Of Patriarchs e e e t en e e i n this p riod w r also , whos total ag s

n e s on e e i s (G e . xi) at the birth Of n xt in d sc nt computed at 4 2 7 years in th e H ebrew and e th e L XX t h e y ars in Chronology, whilst

e a s es e e L e 6 e latt r , att t d lat r in uk iii , 3 , includ d a s ec d a n e A d th e s on on Cain (aft r rphaxa , of

7 6 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

comparison between t h e several periods Of t h e two systems of Biblical Chronology referred to above :

u i b w S ep t ag nt. He r e e r s ea r s Y a Y .

r re e u e Pe iod . C ation to D l g D elu ge to Call of Abra ham Third Call of Ab raham to Ex

u s Gen . od ( xxi , 5 ; 2 6 x lvn 2 xxv, ; , 9 , 4 5 Fou rth Exodu s to fou ndation ’ of Solomon s Temple 1 K s 1 ( ing , vi , ) F ou ndation of Solo ’ mon s Temple to re s torati on of th e J ews by Cyr u s Restoration of th e J ews to th e birth o f ou r Lo rd

B esides th e wider ﬁ eld Of Biblical testimony which th e L XX utili z ed in arriving at t h e result e e e e i n Obtain d by th m , anoth r argum nt which ﬂu en ced th em greatly in favour of th e la rger

wa s e de computation , that it c rtainly coinci d ’ more nearly with th e a g e of man s ﬁrst exi s t e A re we h old s e e enc . enough to as um that th y w ere inspired with a premonition of th e dis A r men za A C/z r on olog zca l Tr ea ti se 7 7 cover i es which s ci enti s ts wer e des tined to make in th e di s tant years of th e nin eteenth c entu r y

A ? e s s wh o a r e e e nno Domini G ologi t , mod rat ly ’ e e th e th e e r inclin d , divid formation of a th s

r s ﬁve s s c u t into Main Divi ion , according to

e s s e th ir tratiﬁcation , a signing a probl matic

f e s s maximum o y ar to each Divi ion .

T e es of e es h y ﬁnd trac human lif , variously ti

e th e es e s s mat d , in last of th Divi ion , known as

- T i s n Quaternary or Po s t ertiary . I t this Divisio w e s s e s e s e hich thnologi t divid , ucc s iv ly , into S e e A e w ton , Bronz , and Iron g s , do n to about h ’ 2 B . t e f s 000 . C e o , according to progr ss man

s b e th a o f civilization . I t may thu said that e g e ’ s r e e on e a s e Man ﬁ st app aranc arth , comput d

th e s e e s s es r e by v nty tran lator , approximat

m a rk a bl th e e o f e s s y with th ory g ologi t . T h e Or i i n a l e e of th e e g H br w E ra Cr ation ,

0 B i s e e e 0 C . h . t e 4 4 , so call d b caus modern H ebrews S horten ed thi s per iod by 2 44 years in

h e r t ee e 60 B . r ﬁft nth c ntu y , adopting 37 C . as th ei s o th e e e e 1 1 th e Era , that pr s nt y ar , 9 9 , is

w A n n o M u e s e r of 6 n di . A J i h y a 5 7 9 , ccordi n g

ew s e M ess i a /c Cnr i sto to J i h th ology , or s has not

r r o f th e a ived yet . Many Proph ets predicted that s ix thou s and years of toil and labour (r e gar ded a s equivalent to th e S ix days of work “ r e e e a s during C ation , ach day b ing a thousand 7 8 Tae L a n d of A r a r a t

”

e th e L P s . y ars in sight of the ord , xc , 4) must T ﬁrst elapse fro m th e date of th e Creation . his “ would be followed by t h e M illenium or thousand years O f Sabbath and rest and para dis ica l es e happin s , during which M ssiah , in

e e on e b e p rson , will r ign arth and Satan will R D ies [r a e ev. e e bound ( x) , and th n is to com r f T th e e o Day o Wrath . his is J wish ﬁrm A h e e e e . t b li f ccording to S ptuagint chronology , th e S i x e e e s e e thousand y ars xpir d om tim ago , th e r es en tt e e A n n o M u n di p y ar b ing 7344 , 2 lu s th e e e a d (5 .4 5 p Had mod rn J ws hered to th eir Or igi n a l E ra (4004 t h e coming Of M essiah would fall du e towards th e en d th e e e e of curr nt c ntury , but by short ning o l s e t A . D 2 2 0 u it , it is postpon d . 4 p

PART I I

Ag a tna ng el os has th e credit of being th e ﬁrst

A e n ot ee a s e s b e rm nian (and Gr k , pr viou ly lieved) who put in writing certain hi s torical

e e e H e e s v nts conc rning A rm enia . styl s him elf

e e th e A e T er da t th e as S cr tary to rm nian King , e H e — Gr at . wrote an account in Greek as th e A rm enian A lphabet wa s not invented till

80 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

s e es e ee . tudying languag s , p cially Gr k H e wrote h is th e e o f t h e e H istory in middl ﬁfth c ntury , i h th e e e e t o A . D . 0 s t e from arli st tim s 44 , that , s econd year of th e reign of th e S as s anian K ing Yez deg a r d I I (438- 4 5 7 ) and inclu s ive o f th e Prefectship o f t h e F irs t P er s ian Satrap of

A e V eh - - Sh a u h 2 8 T h e rm nia , M ihr p (4 sources from which o u r historian drew his i n

e e e e s formation w r , principally , l g nd and oral ee e th e traditions , d ply root d in nation and handed down by reciters and minstrel s (Tne

S i n er s o Go /ztna n wh o e s e e e t h e g f g ) , xi t d v n in

f o r T wa s s e of tim e o u author. his in re p ct th e epoch anterior to E r wa n d I (th e father of

T es wh o s ee e t h e e o f igran I) , ucc d d to thron

A B . s s e 80 . C e s e rm nia about 5 Po t rior to this , Mo o f Kh oren e e e r e t h e e s had b for him , la g ly , r cord of cont emporary hi s torians of foreign countri es a n d o f s e e e o wn e s e o f , cour , n ar r his tim tho

A a t h a n elos th e s of M a r g g and , partly , H i tory

A ba s Ka ti n a A ra m ei c o r e . , writt n in Syriac Mo s es alleges th e latter to have written h is account of A rm enia in th e second half of th e

h e n s e e r B . C . t e cond c ntu y , during r ign of Ki g “ V la rc s - 1 n a e 1 1 . ( 49 3 , accordi g to tradition)

A s s we e e A s ntiquarian cholar , ho v r , plac Mar ba b A . D . 8 . e e Katina at about 3 3 I t may notic d , a s e e wa s A r e a historical fact , that th r an m nian A r men i a : A C/zr on olog i ca l Tr ea ti se 8 1

Va la r ces t h e 6 M onarch , , son of King Pap (3 7 e S e e 8 who after a v ry hort r ign di d in 3 4 . Can it be that it was m erely du e to a confu s io n in two s imilar nam es that Mos es placed Ma r A bas Katina so much earli er ?

s e of Kh oren e e es e e e o f Mo s , b sid s v ral ssays

s e e e s e r e G eo ublim m rit, wrot al o a r ma kabl g r aplzy O f t h e anci ent world which has earned t h e admiration of m en Of research amongst all

T e e a re o n e or n ation s . h r two topographical

s m e e a re s er e anachroni s in it , but th s now con id d to b e interpolations by over - enthusiastic writers

of th e s eventh century . I n regard to A rm enia

e h e e e es of its lf, giv s a valuabl d cription both t h e Divi s ions known as M aj or and M i n or T e e be e e e e h s Divisions , it may add d , w r mad A B C . f 1 . o e i n 9 3 , by ntiochus I I I S leucia (2 2 2 - 1 86 A r men i a M i n or comprised th e country to t h e east of Cappadocia and north

of e ee th e and including Cilicia , b tw n high er Euphrates o n th e Eas t and t h e H a lys o n th e

wes . e t I t was , politically , divid d into th r ee e e Provinc s known as First , S cond and Thi r d

e es We Arm nia r pectively . ﬁnd that th ese three es e e Ku m u é n M i li Provinc w r known as , ddu and K/za n z a léa t th e A s a s e g to ssyrian , r vealed by th eir cun eiform in s criptions Of t h e twelfth

e B a M a . C A r e or c ntury . m n i j was divided into G 8 2 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

We e e e e r ﬁfteen Provinc es . giv h r with th ir A m en i a n names comm encing with what is known now as E rz eroum (and previously as Carin and T h eodop oli s) and proceeding southwards as far

° a s 6 0 e th e e e 3 5 north latitud , skirting t rritori s

of L e e U r u mia h south ak Van , th n up through

A tr o a tia s e t h e A e i t s con and p , pas d rax s by ﬂu en ce with th e Kur and compl eting th e circl e

T e e e a r e by way of A rarat . h s nam s

s . 2 F u r t/c r e A r m en i a (with 6 Di tricts) . o A m n i a ntz n i w . A 1 0 (with 8 Districts) 3. g g ( ith D is T r u oer a n 1 6 i c s u . t r t . T ) . 4 (with Districts) h e S ea o f B ez n u n ee L e i s s e e e , or ak Van , ituat d h r , ” i s 1 80 e 60 e and mil s long and mil s broad , as

. M k e e . o giv n by Mos s 5 y (with 9 Districts) . — r i 1 . P er A r 6 K a . s m i . o en a j g (with I Districts) 7 , now known as A t r p a ta ka n south and south - east

o f L e U r u m ia . 8 Va s u r ak (with 9 Districts) . p

n i a é a n (with 36 Di s tricts) . 9 . S eu g (with 1 2 Dis t ri cts 1 A r tz a én w 2 s 1 1 P . 0 . . /i a i ) ( ith I District ) .

r 1 . ta é a a n (with 1 2 Di s tr icts) . 2 Ooti e (with

s . 1 G o a . o r s 7 District ) 3 g q (with 9 Di tricts) . T 1 w s . r . a A 4 yg ( ith 9 Di tricts) 1 5 . yr a a t (with

2 0 s r s . T es e 1 r es e e e "Di t ict ) h 5 P ovinc , th r for , contain ed 1 86 Di s tricts for administr ativ e con ven i en ce of th e es a r e e o n e , which nam giv n , by

on e e Kh o r en e. , by Mos s Of

' I n accordance with inscription s l eft by the

84 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

e Ku r éni e th e e abov ) . mbraces r gion round t h e

S f h T ourc es o t e igris .

E ni sé e i s for h i s g , who particularly famous H i s tory of th e cel ebrated A rm enian religious

a r A D . 1 Battl e of A v yr ( . 4 5 ) and for his sup erb A e s e th e rm nian classic tyl , brought up account A e e e to A . D 6 o f historic v nts in rm nia . 4 3 and

L a z a r P ﬁa r en si s 8 or to th e e ﬁ to 4 5 , appointm nt of t h e e e A e e er r nown d rm nian G n al , Vahan

Ma m i kon i a n t h e th e e of A e , as 7 Pr f ct rm nia (486 Tnoma s A r dz r u n i brought it up to B i n o/ca n n es 6 D . 0 . s o . A . 5 0 p j to 40 j ona n n es

1 6 - 2 2 0 or th e e of th e Catholicos (9 9 5 ) to 9 , r ign

B a ra t id A s e Yerk a th g King , hot I I (surnam d o r 1 S t nen o Ta r on e I ron , 9 4 ep f , cont m p ora r y with th e illustrious St . Gregory of Narek

1 - 1 0 0 1 0 0 or t h e r e of G a ik (9 5 9 ) to 4 , ign g I 0 A r i sta é es L a sti oer en s i s e (9 9 , cont m

ora r t h e A e e e e p y with rm nian G n ral , Po t and e Ma i s tros e G r e Patriot , Gr gory g , whos son ,

1 0 6 - 1 1 0 gory I I , was a famous Catholicos ( 5 5)

H oona n Odz n etsee th e T e 1 0 1 and h ologian to 7 , including th e tragic ending O f th e B ag ra tid

of A n i e e e s o f A r K ingdom . El v n E mp ror m en i a n nationality had occupi ed th e Byzantian T hron e at Constantinopl e from Ba s il I (86 7 -886) to T heodorus (1 0 5 4 who s e attitude t o ward s th e contemporary B ag ra t id Dynas ty wa s A r men i a : A Car on olog i ca l Tr ea ti se 8 5

es e th e ee e generally whol om , but Gr k Emp ror, Romanos Diogen es (1 0 6 8 turn ed out an

implacabl e enemy to A rm enia and h er Church . H e was defeated by Alp A rslan th e S eljuk

- w (1 0 6 3 1 0 7 2 ) at Ma n a z ker t from hich year al s o dates th e foundation of a branch of

er . th e S eljukian conqu ors , at I conium (Konia) A for 2 2 8 e T hi s branch rul ed ov er natolia y ars , e i ts 1 2 e e and th n , in turn , in 9 9 , gav plac to O s man I (1 2 5 9 th e Founder of th e O tto

a n r e w e e e th e s m Empi , hich for a tim b cam ﬁr t we e e e w t h e military po r in Europ , sp cially ith T h e s taking o f Constantinople (A . D . ﬁr t

o f th e S e s T r B e 1 0 - 1 0 6 King ljuk , og ul g ( 37 3)

h i s r e A l A r e e th e and b oth r , p slan , compl t d ruin A e T h e e A n i of Royal rm nia . b autiful city of wa s s acked and devastated ; its church es and chap el s w ere demolished ; i ts s treets were

e e e w t h e i ts s lit rally d lug d ith blood of inhabitant , all in t h e cou r s e of a S ingl e day M a tteos U r na i etsee chronicl ed t h e hi s tory of A rm enia

2 th e e e L eo from 9 5 to r ign , in Cilicia, of Princ of th e R u b en i a n Dynas ty (1 1 2 3 T his period cov eredan interesting part of t h e H i s tory

A A e th e s of A n i f e . e o th e of rm nia ft r ack , som A rmenian nobility with th eir famili es and fol e e e e e e e low rs migrat d and s ttl d i n Cilicia , wh r Prince Rub en I (1 0 80 a relative of th e 8 6 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

as B a r a tid G a i k e e l t g K ing , g I I (who r ign d 1 0 2 1 0 e e from 4 to 45 , and di d in found d

n i a n th e e t h e R u b e Dynasty . During tim of his e e Kos ta n di n 1 0 succ ssor , Princ ( 9 5 took plac e t h e F irst Crus ade under t h e l eadership of Kos ta n di n h e de . t e e Godfr y Bouillon , as rul r of th e A only Christian country i n sia M inor , rendered th e mos t u s eful assistance to th e

s e m en e Cru ad rs in and military stor s , for which “ h e wa s e e e cr at d a Marquis , and an allianc w e e e followed hich last d many a g n ration . H ow Chri s tian m emory still lov es to dwell e e 1 0 A on that m morabl hour , in J uly 9 9 , nno

e wa r - e e Domini , wh n stain d Godfr y and his Chi efs and comrad es - i n - arms entered th e H oly

Ta - T r u a to sso c . 1 1 h s r en City . o g ( 5 44 5 9 5 ) a dered t h e hour immortal in his great I talian e Ger u sa lemme L i oer a ta : pic ,

Th u s conqu ered Godfrey ; and a s yet there glowed ﬂu s of r th e u e wes A h glo y in f lg nt t, th e ree th e e e e To f d City , onc lov d abod r s th e u s e r es resse Of Ch i t, pio Chi f and a mi p d ; r e a s h e wa s h i s s u e es A m d , and in ang in v t, h i s s s e e With all knight in ol mn cavalcad , H e r e e th e e e ere su re e es ach d T mpl th , p m ly bl t, u u h i s r s h i s ere s s s e H ng p a m , bann d poil di play d , th e r And at Sac ed Tomb h i s vowed devotion s paid .

s z (Canto XX, tan a cxliv . )

Godfrey divided th e conqu ered territori es

88 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

e e o s es t h e v n ap tat , and actually ﬁghting in Mosl em ranks " Poetic freedom of thought ca n

s e es . not ju tify historical in xactitud I n Canto I I I , s h e es e of t h e e tanza xliii , giv a pictur ag d th e e e of th e A e e t h Dudon , l ad r dv ntur rs in e

s Christian rank , who

Bore down th e ﬁ erce Tigranes n ot in vain Th e s r s w r s ru h e e ess e th e r u ha p o d t ck ; h adl f ll to g o nd .

N ot satisﬁ ed with creating a T igran es in th e

e e e S h e s lev nth c ntury and laying him , bring him to life again at a later stage of th e ca m

a i n . T e th e p g his tim it is in plains of Gaza ,

e e th e a s h e e es i s wh r Caliph of Egypt, conc iv , revi ewing his troops ere proceedi n g to t h e reli ef of th e e s e e e e e b si ged Mo l ms in J rusal em . H r “ ” we I n ﬂa m ed T e ﬁnd igran s (Canto XV I I , stan z a xxx) as on e of th e s ectio n al A rmy Commanders " But Tasso reaches th e startling climax Of even poetic licenc e wh en h e makes an “ ” A e E mi r en e th e e rmenian Princ , , Gen ralissimo th e e A e of Mosl m Egyptian rmy , and an apostat from Christianity .

r e r e u es e wh o u A b av A m nian g id th m , in yo th , U n ﬁx ed r s Moh a meta n e e in Ch i t, b cam ; e e e h e was e but r th e ru Th n Cl m nt call d , f om t th e r Emi ren e i s n owh i s e D pa ting, nam ; es es Of n e e In all b id a man obl fam , A r m en i a : A C/z r on olog i ca l Tr ea ti se 89

Dear to th e Caliph above all h i s band — e u u r h e Of Satraps q al hono may claim , d er or C e or Sol i hi f, in action command ,

F or ws d u ess e r stre . i dom , a ntl h a t, and valiant ngth of hand

s z x x x n . (Canto XVII , tan a )

E m i ren e dominates th e last four Book s of th e

e es s e e e s s Po m , in dauntl achi v m nt and valorou

ee s s S e h e i s S d d , but at la t, in ingl combat , lain by Godfr ey def or e t/i e wa lls of t/ze H oly Ci ty A r e e s . (Canto XX , tanza cxxxix) pa t, how v r; fr om th e anachroni s tic impropri eties which

T s s es e e i s a o indulg in , th r a philological point ’ T h e A r e which exerci s es one s mind . m nian ’ r e s e a s e th e e e P inc nam , introduc d by Po t , aft r

s e e e s making him a pro lyt into Mohamm dani m ,

i s E m i r en e h e e s e s . H ow did com to choo thi

e ? th e es e o r nam Was it r ult of his own cr ation , that of an acquired knowl edge hidden from u s ? A mongst t h e names of th e Vannic Ki n gs of A e s rm nia , brought to light from in criptions

e e e e we e on e E r i m en e quit in r c nt y ars , notic , 6 - 6 0 e e ( 7 5 7 which , in its lf, is r markably E r men A r me or A e T h n . e r e akin to , , rm nian ’ e e e e ee T E m i r en e s mblanc , how v r, betw n asso s

th e E r i m en e and Vannic is quite close. What ? may we conclude T h ere a re th eori es ; th ere a re e e e e e ? A s plausibl inf r nc s , but who can t ll “ another great Poet says : T here a re more 9 0 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

e e e a r e things in h av n and arth , H oratio , than e f dr amt o i n your philo s ophy .

We S e e e e s e T s s hould , n v rth l s , in fairn ss to a o ,

e s e e e h i s int rpo at this point , a possibl clu to conc eption which may hav e guided h i s recital in conn ection with th e A rm enian Commander i n - e o f t h e r e e e Chi f li ving Egyptian Forc , to

we h a ve u s t r th which j alluded . Du ing e domina tion of t h e Caliphs of Bagdad over A rm enia

A D . ( . 6 36 and es p ecially toward s t h e di s ruption of th e B ag ra tid Dynas ty of t h e K ings of A rm enia (88 5 owing to t h e invasion s

T B e e A l A s of ogrul g and his broth r p r lan ,

e s of A e s e e numb r rm nian migrat d to Galicia , th e to A e Celi ci a Balkans , rm nian and to Egypt , i wh ere th ey s ettl ed . I t s on record that

A e on e e e e e rm nians , in instanc alon , s ttl d i n

t h e o f r - a l- t h e Egypt at invitation Bad J amali , A rm enian Vezir or Prime Minister and Com

e - i n - e 1 0 - 1 0 of A l Mo n s ta n s i r mand r Chi f ( 74 9 4) , th e Caliph of Egypt (1 0 35 What was ’ th e V ez i r s real nam e ? H istory does not tell

A s t h e r u s . it frequ ently happ en ed in histo y of O ri ental nation s in th e Middl e Ages and even e e e O f e e e lat r , Caliphs as w ll as Chi f ﬁc rs w r e e e e e e e p rp tuat d by th ir titles , l aving th ir r al

e . ez nam s in oblivion So it was with this V ir, e of e who is spok n by chronicl rs, i n short , as

9 2 T/ze L a n d of A r a r a t so where would th ere have been t h e n ecessity

e e a s er e for him to chang his r ligion , inf r d by T asso ? e of e Sp aking Egypt alon , it is not too much

a s e e e e A e to say that , in mod rn tim s , s v ral rm ni

ee ers s e ans , through sh r p onal ability , ro to high ofﬁcial pos itions in t h e country o f th eir adop

e e B e B o h os s tion ; for xampl , Murad y, g Pa ha ,

T i ra n s A s N ubar Pasha , g Pa ha , rtin Pa ha ,

B o h s s t h o e c . s o e t e g N ubar Pa ha , , th y did in

A e We a r e w e th es M iddle g s . a ar of e unqu tion

e e s e e e of e of abl st adfa tn ss , i n th ir r ligion , thos

e es e e e mod rn tim , and th r is no auth ntic proof

e o f th e e A e s that thos M iddl g s did , i n piritual

e e s e e t h e ess nc , for ak th ir Christian Faith , sym ’ bol of A rm enia s v ery National exi s tenc e for

h T s e wh o t e past sixte en hundred years . ho have had intimate exp eri ence of t h e East will understand that a Christan who attains th e high est ofﬁce in an indep endent M ohamm edan

e es e e e e S tat , must scrupulously r p ct local tiqu tt , and must n eeds adopt most delicate dem eanour i n his attitude towards s ecular as well a s non e e e e e e ee s cular Obs rvanc s , j alously h ld in st m by h e n e T s e e s t e Sover ig and his p eopl . hi n c s ary outward attitude and th e obligations of duty

e to e es e s e attach d th ir high Ofﬁc , hav mi l d many a writer to th e unsupported and unfair conclu A r men i a : A Ck r on olog i ca l Tr ea ti se 9 3 sion that th e A rmenian Prim e M ini s ters of i th e e A es of e e Egypt , dur ng Middl g , whom th r wer e s even in s ucces sion (1 0 74 and a re

w s e A e s kno n to hi tory by th ir rabic app llation , were of th e e e e con Mohamm dan faith , th r by w fusing appearances ith reality . T h e H oly City fell to t h e arms of th e Cru

d rs 1 0 T e e a r e s a e 1 . on 5 th J uly , 9 9 h r many

r e e t h e r s es e e nar ativ s xtant of C u ad , both by y

T e a r witnes ses and contemporary writers . h y e

e es of varying r liability , and , in many cas , con t r dic tor o n s f a y to e anoth er in point o detail .

M i c/l a u d on e of th e es w r of , b t kno n histo ians th e e ee e e e H i s nin t nth c ntury, in his xhaustiv ”

r of th e s es . s t ra n s la to y Cru ad , vol i (Engli h

1 88 1 r s e e 2 88 tion , , B itish Mu um Pr ss Mark , 3 , a s e h . closely pa s d through t e s i ev e o f s crutiny t h e narratives and docum ents o f th e earli est writers o f t h e First Crusade : A lbert of

Ai x Ges ta F r a n cor u m o f T r e , , William y , Mat thew o f Ed es s a (an A rmenian contemporar y e th e A e th e chronicl r , known to rm nians , in

r a s M a tteos U r na i etsee i s of th e o iginal , , that ,

w f T s i s to n o U r /za i . his wa t A ramaic nam e a s e r a s th s r e e B . C I ts a ly ixth c ntu y . Greek e e i s es s t h e e r quival nt E d a) and r st . F om “ S th e es of th e Michaud , von ybil and Chronicl ” ’ r s e u s L r we e C u ad s (Boh ibra y), gath r all that 94 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

may b e considered reliabl e in regard to th e reli eving Egyptian A rmy I n th e First Crusade. A t this period A l Mostali was th e reigning

of e e Caliph Egypt , and his Prim M inist r and

e - in - e A e Command r Chi f was fdal , as alr ady

A s we th e e e . m ntion d a historical fact, ﬁnd that e w e th e e e Mohamm dan orld , alarm d at turn v nts were taking (which culminated with th e con e t h e Cr u sa ders of th e e qu st, by , H oly City), urg d

o n th e Caliph of Egypt to rush to help . Who ca n s a y what his inn ermost private feelings e e e e e s e e of A w r wh n , imp ll d by a ns duty , fdal , th e e of e e e e at h ad an imm ns army , ncamp d in ? t h e valleys round th e s ea - coast town of A scalon T ee e a ter o f e e hr w eks f the fall J rusal m , God frey was th ere with his comrades - i n - arms and A H . e e e his army fdal was hop l ssly routed . e e thr w down his sword and , we may tak it , not e e e e th e without signiﬁcanc , op nly xclaim d that s e e th e e e Cros had triumph d ov r Cr sc nt, and himself escap ed by a s ea craft to Egypt (oide

O u r e s M ichaud) . mod rn critical hi torians do A w e e not say that fdal was kno n by anoth r nam ,

s a s E mi r en e h e wa s e uch , , nor that an apostat th e e T . e s from Christian Faith Mor ov r, as o pictures his A rm enian G enerali s s imo of th e Egyptian A rmy as taking part in th e battl es e th e th e e und r walls of H oly City, and b ing

9 6 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

1 1 8 th e s of e as King in 9 , at hand Gr gory V I , A rm enian Catholicos (1 1 9 4 Th e Greek E mp eror Sahak I I (1 1 85 i n order to alienate t h e inﬂu enc e o f Roman Catholic

e s L eo s e on E urop , ent I a pl ndid Crown , h i s

wn 1 1 T h o . e e e account , in 9 9 gr at S cond Cru s ade 1 1 0 e e ( 9 in which Fr d rick I , E mp eror of

e 1 1 2 A s G rmany ( 5 Philip ugustu , K ing o f e 1 1 80 Franc ( and Richard I , King o f

1 1 8 e r England ( 9 took a promin nt pa t, was th e most remarkabl e event in th e I nter national H istory of E urop e in t h e closing decade of th e tw elfth c entury . I t was u n dertaken to s e e e th e e av J rusal m , which was at tim govern ed

t h e L L 1 1 8 6 by atin K ing , Guidon usignan ( of e t h from the invasion Salah ddin , e

of . T h e A e L eo Sultan Egypt rm nian K ing , I , e e th e e of th e d vot d to caus Christian world , stood unsparingly by th e Crusaders as h i s p r e

e e Ko s ta n di n e th e s d c ssor, , had don during Fir t

e e e e e s Crusad , n arly a hundr d y ars pr viou ly . T h e result of the Crusad e is too w ell known to L eo e h i s e dwell upon . King I marri d as s cond e th e e of th e o f wif , Sybil , daught r King Cyprus , h A mory I L usignan . I t was t rough this afﬁnity that t h e S hort - liv ed L usignan Dynasty (th e las t Royal H ou s eo fArm enia) occupied th eA rm enian ’ n ia n throne after that of th e Ru be . K ing L eo s A r men i a : A Car on ologi ca l Tr ea ti se 9 7

e e ee e pious and virtuous daught r, Zap l , succ d d h er fath er a s Queen of A rm enia (1 2 1 9 h er s o n h er e e having as Con ort , and d mis as

H eth ou m 1 2 2 6 e e King, I ( a n ar r lation e s e of L s r e o f th e famous N r s ambron , and al o

ben ia n s s lated to th e Ru . I t was during thi tim e (1 2 39) that th e hordes o f t h e T artar Jen gh i z e A s e Khan invad d sia Minor , pr ading ruin and e e A e e des olation in Gr at r rm nia . B ing still

s e e e e e e e e Pagan at this tim , th y w r bitt r n mi s th e e e s e e to S lj uk Mohamm dan , and v n though th ey had no express ed quarrel with Christian h f A e t e e e e t h e s . rm nians , latt r suf r d mo t From

A D 1 2 80 d r A e e s . . onwar s , va ious rm nian chronicl r

th e s of e e e brought hi tory v nts to th ir times , suc ces s ivel s th e en dof th e e ee y, until toward ight nth e w e E a t/cer M i cli a el C/za m i c/i o f th e c ntury , h n , A rmen ian Mekh i th a r i a n tz Soci ety of V enice produced h i s great H i s tory o f A rm enia (1 78 6)

s e on e t h e s e 1 8 1 1 o f and a compres d Of am in , which an E n glish translation wa s publi s h ed in 1 8 2 e A vdall A e 7 by Johann s , rm nian scholar e and rh torician . A mongs t t h e many historical work s published

e e e of P a tner S a ka é Ter M ou in r c nt y ars , that

" ses i a n o f L T h e S t . e , azar , Critical H istory of ” A r menia takes rank a s o n e Of t h e most

S r r s i ts chola ly p oduction of kind . H 9 8 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

PART I I I

e e e ee th e s What v r may hav b n compo ition , e th e o f A e thnologically , Of inhabitants rm nia in

i s e u s its archaic days , which impossibl for to

on e e e say , thing is univ rsally admitted , nam ly ,

e a r e th e e e e that th y p opl whom , in comparativ ly

e es th e A s s e U r u a r ti a n s lat r tim , yrians kn w as h e of N a i r i th e a s N a or t e peopl , Egyptians

a r i n i a n s th e ee A la r odi a n s th e e n , Gr ks as , P rsians

A r men s t h e A en e e e a s as , and rm ians th ms lv s H a ig ; at any rate incontrovertibly s o sinc e th e s econd or greater invasion (of A ryan origin) A e w a into rm nia , hich brought with it a B r nch of th e E urop ean S ection O f th e I ndo - E uropean family with a n ew cultu r e and a n ew civili z a

T th e e of th e s e e tion . his was i n last quart r v nth ’ c entury O n e s mind is imp elled t o p en etrate h e s of e A e t e dim p riod civilization in arly rm nia .

e w th e es e e e s Eag r ith d ir of inv stigation , it trav l back to th e closing years Of t h e third millenium

e e th e th e e of b for Christian E ra , but h avy mist tim e is a barri er and o n e feel s enfeebled b efore

s e e es e t h e inacc es ibl e. What w r th simple prim i e e e e e e e be i t v p opl , and what w r th ir r ligious li efs ? O pinion is preponderatingly inclin ed to

t h e s s e we e e s a umption that th y r Monoth ist ,

A n s e e e s e e s e e invi ibl and incompr h n ibl quint s nc ,

1 00 T/ze L a n d of A r a r a t t emporary with th e incurs ion and s ettl ement i n e th e A e - e A rm nia , of rm nian I ndo E urop ans , at th e A e e which time also rm nian languag , as

e e s e e th e known to us v r inc , was introduc d by e e s es s n ew s ettl rs , in sup r ion to the original e e a re U r u ar tia n language . Som writ rs also almost unanimou s that it wa s at this compara t i vely later p eriod that H a i (derived from P a t e P et A e e and m eaning Chi f, y in rm nian) cam to A e th e e e th e d enote rm nian in nativ v rnacular,

P a ter e [f a i r e u i va sam e as , fath r , has for its q

i n A e of w a re e e l ent rm nian , both hich trac abl

- s s e won to I n dO E urop ean root . Philologist hav dered for long as to th e derivation of th e word ” dz A s of s A s twa . mong t a labyrinth pecula th e A e A st e tions , two rm nian words (H ith r) and E a de (H e brought) have found th e g reatest

H e wao é r ou /zt u s ni t/zer favour. g , stands for

z e of t h e invisibl e guiding organi r all thi ngs . Whether it ca n claim its birth in or th e 6 2 6 B . C e e e e e in . , it ss ntially matt rs littl ; id a e A s e i s suprem ly b eautiful . s yrian archa ology

e e e u s t A s th e e e has r v al d to tha s hur, Supr m e o f th e A s wa s e e e e e D ity s yrians , r pr s nt d in th ir templ es a s an arch er surrounded by a winged

W A h u ra z . e ma d t h e solar disk also know that , Zoroas trian D eity of th e A chaemenians of Pers ia (and introduced into A rmenia during th eir Su z e A r m en i a : A C/z r on ologi ca l Tr ea ti se 1 0 1

s e e S s r a i n ty) was al o ncircl d with a imilar di k . wa s t h e e o n e What p culiar symbol , arth , of ? t h e Armenian A s t wa dz Fath er A li s han of

L z e th e e e e e e St . a ar , as r sult of r s arch s som

e s e s of e e y ars ago , p ak a fragm nt of sculptur d monum ent in t h e Briti s h M useum (unidentiﬁ ed a s far a s h i s knowl edge went) picturing th e r e m a i n der of two outstretch ed arms cov ered by a

r e e e e s e la g ros tt (p rhap a shi ld) , holding a bow t h e e e e in l ft hand , with two isolat d small r

s e e e e r e on on e e. ro tt s , and a h lm t sting sid I n vi ew of a l egend preserved in th e A rm enian Convent of A kh th a m a r in Lak e Van abou t God app earing to H aik in a dream and p resenti n g

h i s s e e hi m with a bow and arrow , and ubs qu nt deiﬁca t ion by t h e early A rm enians and placing him amongs t th e h eavenly bodi es as on e Of th e

s e e e O e Con t llations (nam d aft rwards rion , aft r a

e e e e th e es ee c l brat d hunt r in old t Gr k mythology) , ca n th e fragment hav e any connection with it ?

e e s R s arch still fail us . T h e t h e t h e e e e Sun , Moon , and Plan ts app al d most to th e early A rm enians in th eir simpl e

We e s . Nature Worship . do not wond r at thi e own e we ee e e e Ev n in our tim s f l th ir inﬂu nc , and e a r e th e s unwilling as th y to admit it, Chri tians e e e e e e th e hav a b li f in th m , sp cially Sun , as s ymboli z ing our Saviour . A ll Christian Church es 1 0 2 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

e th e e e e th e r Su n . O n e fac East , and th r for ising of th e hymns in th e Engli s h Church commences ” e W with Sun of my s oul T hou Saviour d ar . e have in th e A rm enian Church th e hymn A r eg a

é a f th O fr i h t ou s n es s a n n A r da r ou t/ci n (O eSun g e ) . e of e I n som parts E ngland , it is said , pious villag

s e N ew o n s ee folk bow to ach Moon ﬁr t s ing it ,

e e i s and a common practic , in this conn ction , to

e of th e s turn a coin for good luck . I n som religiou

s r e th e A painting in Ch istian Church s , lmighty is pictured enthron ed amongst the clouds with

e e e s an aur ola of r fulg nt sunb eam as background . th e A e th e e e I n rm nian Church , Monstranc us d o n Christmas Days supports a dov e in a golden circl e (repres enting t h e rays Of th e Sun) from e th e e which H oly Chrism is dropp d i nto wat r, e e e e of th e e e pr viously bless d , mbl matic d sc nt

th e s of H oly Gho t . A e th e L th e e A e s ft r uminaries , arly rm nian , s ensibl e Of th e grandeur of th e great mountains e e th e e th e amongst which th y liv d , i n op n , with of e e e e broad canopy h av n as th ir roof, th y offered to th em th eir aw esome devotion : Masis

e e A A ra a dz L e e A (Gr at r rarat) , g ( ss r rarat) ,

N eb r ovth T h on ra k V a ra Karkar , , , Sepan , g , and

e a t . T h e t wo e e G e h a m B ez N p larg lak s , g and c e e e e nun (Van) , cam n xt for r ligious v en era T e tion . h y had their Scylla and Charybdis in

1 0 4 Ti mL a n dof A r a r a t

e e Mu s s as i r we e chi ef t mpl was at , which , as hav ee U r u a r t ia n e th e s n , was an Provinc in vicinity

- e e O f Lake Van . A n uncouth and gross f atur d

e es e h a s ee idol , r pr nting Khaldi , actually b n dis I e e e . t cover d stands upright , b ard d and with

. o n e e e h elmet . I ts tunic r ach s its kne s with a h em e th e e triangular roll d up at sid s , and it

s - ﬁt i n a r wears a b r oad b elt . Clo e t g trous ers e

e s th e e w a r e h ld fa t at ankl s to its sandals , hich s of e turned up at th e ends . I t hold a branch vin bearing four bunch es of grapes i n o n e hand and

s e e th e e a h af Of wh at in oth r, whilst a king in royal robes confronts him in attitude Of prayer . I t possess es a remarkably cl ear inscription in

e e e e e e . l tt rs , int rmix d with strang hi roglyphics I s it in th e original U r u a r tia n or i n th e H ittite e ? languag I t still remains an unsolved probl em .

A e of r production it may be seen in Prof. Mas ’ “ ” e T h e e of th e e p ro s Struggl s N ations, und r “ ” t h e e T h h - I br i e a s e e of s . e e styl , r li f B sid s e e th e A T oth r num rous local gods , ssyrian riad , A n a th e of th e E n li l th e th e god sky , god of e E a th e of th e arth , and god abyss , had also e h f found a hom in Nairi . T e K ings o U r u a r tu e e e e e w r also Chi f Pri sts , following the practic e A in vogu in ssyria . th e e B C. I n sixth c ntury . comes a radical

e th e of A e du e th chang in religion rm nia , to e A r m en i a : A Cﬁr on olog i ca l Tr ea ti se 1 0 5 ascendency over A rm enia of th e A chaem enian

er s e 8 Kings of P ia . Comm ncing with Cyrus (5 3

r A nu r a m a z d th e e r p incipally , , chi f Zo o a s t r ia n e e m e th e e G o d o f D ity , b ca univ rsal

s A r e w th e Z en d Wor hip throughout m nia , ith A oesta as t h e tenets of th eir religion and th e beli ef in Good and Evil S pi r its . T h ere were no T empl es during thi s period ; all wors hipping wa s er e on t h e s p form d tops of high mountain ,

e e s es e in for st gl n and i n rocky cav , accompani d

h ﬁr T ere i s by th e bu r ning of t e undying e. h evidenc e that th e A rmenian native D eiti es com m en ced t o b e prominent at this time : A n a ni t

e e A e of th e ee s o f ( quival nt to rt mis Gr k , Diana t h e s o f th e A s s s A s h Romans , I htar yrian , and toreth o f th e Pho enicians) ; A s tg /z i é (equivalent to A phrodite O f th e G r eeks and Venu s of th e Roman s ) ; Teer (equival ent to Nabu of t h e A f h e - e e o t ee Mer ssyrians , H rm s Gr ks , and cury of t h e Romans) and Va nag u th eir H er cul es D u ring th e succes sive rul ership of th e Mace don ia n s of t h e S clu cida e e t h e e and , aft r conqu st of Ar e A e e th e e m nia by l xand r Gr at , that is , a

e 1 e s 2 - 1 E p riod of 80 y ar (3 9 49 . C . ) according to

1 0 e s - 1 traditional history , and 4 y ar (330 90 )

s according to critical historians, Zoroa trianism e e e e A e e r c iv d a ch ck in rm nia , but wh n follow ‘ 1 0 6 Tﬁe L a n d of A r a r a t

th e e th e A e ing abov , rm nian Royalty , known a s A rs a ceda e wa s re- e e e e , stablish d , it r viv d T h e e again with greater force. r vival was marked with th e further distinction that instead of e - s e e e op n air wor hip as p rform d pr viously , T empl es and Fire- A ltars to A h u ra m a z d and

A n a h it s prang up I n all parts of th e country . I n th e Province of P na i ta é a r a n (which we recog n ize as th e pres ent Di s trict of Bak u by th e Cas pian S ea ) was th e District known as Yot/cn nor a é i a n E na i n e s e Th e p g g, or lit rally tran lat d , ” s th e e e T s s o I dol of S v n Excavations . hi was

e e s e th e ee call d , b cau alluvial naphtha which fr ly

s s e t h e e e e e i u d from xcavations , were xt nsiv ly utili z ed as natural Fire T empl es to Ah u ra m a z d and A mahit in s even different parts of th e oil

ﬁelds M é a t . o z e th e s of L e Provinc , to outh ak th e th e of i r Van , as also mountains to north ’ ” “ Th e Blacksmith s Rock and th e Caverns ” of Booth were proliﬁc in templ es and abodes f o s e . B a orc rers , horologists , and magicians g

a wa n th e A ra ra ti a n of B a reva n d in y District g , e th e r e A ra x i s e e th e clos to iv r , was, how v r,

e e of veri principal c ntr th eir worship . I t was a t e e of t h e e e abl Panth on all Gods , pr dominat d M ili r th T by that Of e God Of Fire. h ese were a ll e e brok n down , and all th ir books and records

destroyed by S t . Gregory in th e ﬁrst quarter

“ 1 0 8 Tea L a n d of A r a r a t

PART I V

T h e traditional H istory of A rm enia places 2 2 B C th e birth o f th e A rm enian Nation at 4 7 . . e e e H aik , giv n as fourth in d sc nt from N oah , e th e n e of through J aph th , is traditio al found r

T s e 2 2 B . C . z es th e . Nation hi dat , 47 , synchroni precisely with that giv en by Western Biblical Chronologi s ts for th e foundation of t h e Baby h e G en . t e con lonian E mpir by N imrod ( x) , fusion of tongu es du e to th e building Of th e ” T of e G en th s e . e e ow r Bab l ( xi) , and di p rsion f W o . e e N ations should m ntion , though , that as c ertain ed Babylonian H istory places this p er iod a s n ear or about th e reign of th e S emitic

L a w- e King and giv r Khammurabi , at which tim e were also prominent th e H ittites of Cap

a doci a A e p , in sia Minor. N imrod is styl d in

A e r a s B el e th e rm nian H isto y , evid ntly for reas on that N imrod is s aid to have idoli z ed e e th e e of hims lf and assum d attribut s Baal , which we knowas th e Sun - God of th e Ph oen i c e e e e e e ians and introduc d into I sra l by J z b l , wif of A 1 s hab ( Kings xviii) , in a sociation with

e e to : B a a l - e th e e divers id as , wit B rith ( Cov n

- B a a l - e th e - tc A e . e ant Baal), Z bub ( Fly Baal), ft r th e e e A e disp rsion , H aik migrated to rm nia , and 1 39 years afterwards th e l egendary con A r men i a ? A Cnr on olog i ca l Tr ea ti s e 1 0 9

ﬂi ct betw een him and N imrod took place in e A e th e er wa s South rn rm nia , i n which latt

S es s e th e s e lain , and H aik tabli h d ﬁr t Gov rn m ent of A rm enia (2 1 0 8 T en kings r eign ed e e e A n u s h a wa n cover in lin al d sc nt from Haik to , ing a p eriod of 44 2 years (2 1 0 8 - 1 666 A collateral branch of th e s am e anc es tor th en w - e e follo s with forty nin Kings , from Par t to

e er e o f e 1 666 Vah y , cov ing a p riod y ars ( 2 th e e e of ee e r 3 9 , including int rr gnum thr y a s T after Vah ey) . his makes years during

th e e e o r u t o th e which H ous of H aik rul d , p temporary conqu est o f A rmenia by A l exander

th e e of P a ru r 2 t h e Great . U p to tim y (7 5 70 4 th e A rm enian Kings had reign ed th e e e of t h e without c r mony Coronation , but latter i s traditionally regarded as th e ﬁrs t King who as sum ed th e Crown (749 in th e fourth year of th e traditional foundation of Rome a n d in th e twenty- seventh Of th e Olympiad or Era

of Greek Chronology .

T s e or th e A e of hi Early P riod , H eroic g A rmenian H istory (2 2 47 - 32 9 has been

. s e much discu s d by critics . I t is greatly en tangled with mythological and l egendary epi s odes e T es. es e and chronological discr panci h ,

we a re e we S be corr ct in doubting , but hould

r s on e s e a slow in b u hing away , with mighty we p 1 1 0 m e L a n d of A r a r a t

we e tr a di ti on a l . We as it were , all that r gard as should not altogeth er m easureth e time- honoured episodes of ou r history with th e s tandard of a d va n ced s cientiﬁc knowl edge which we poss ess in e e es e e o u r own tim es . Sci nc and R arch progr ss

a r e e d rapidly . What we sc ptical about to ay , may b e ascertain ed and corroborated facts a A e e e e e. hundred or v n ﬁfty y ars h nc ram , K ing of A rm enia (1 831 - 1 77 3 according to M oses

f Kh oren e wa s e E a r sna m e o , attack d by , Princ A f th e e e e . o Babylonians , who was d f at d ccord ing to Babylonian discov eri es in recent years e e e E u r only , th re app ars a Babylonian Princ ,

S i n n e of e e e . by am , but a littl arli r period A th e e e llowing for discr pancy in dat s , how did th e event m ention ed com e into A rm enian H is

B a r sna m or B u r - S i n e e tory , if was n v r known ? t o exi s t until di s cov ered r ecently We ﬁnd i n Wes tern Records that th e mythical N inus and h i s Queen S emiramis a re supposed to have built e e 2 1 8 2 h R C . e e er N in v h in S miramis , aft r hus ’ s e s e s e of th e band d ath , t out on a conqu st world , and is ﬁnally defeated by an A ryan Prince in

I ndia . S h e returns to h er Kingdom with a e e s e e brok n h art, tran forms h rs lf into a Dove

e s es . N ow e e e Godd s , and di , th r is xtant an

e es e th e r a s int r ting ﬁgur ( to so only , originally r e e e e e e ca v d) , in copp r, and in p rf ct pr s r vation .

1 1 2 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

e e conquer d Syria , and marching w stwards he rec eived tributes fr om N a h a r i n a and gifts from

N a ka r i n a th e es A . e e H ittit , in sia Minor is g n r ” s ally identiﬁ ed with A rm enia . S e ostri s was

e e e s t o R a m a s i s a nam giv n lat r in hi tory I I , or t h e Great (1 32 4- 1 2 60 o f th e X I Xth e e e Dynasty , but it was a l g ndary nam and has e e I b een m ention d by H rodotus and Strabo . t is known to have b een giv en to oth er K ings Of T h e e . e e t A e Egypt as w ll fact , how v r, tha nci nt “ ” A rmenian H istory m ention s a S esostris r e storing a K ing of A rmenia to his T hron e in th e f th e o e ee e B . C . e s cond half sixt nth c ntury , coupl d th e e e e e e e with r f r nc giv n abov , showing that th e Kings of N a h a ri n a (A rm enia) were paying “ ” e t o th e of es on e tribut Kings Egypt, mak ponder b efore d eliv ering a t oo ha s ty judgm ent w which may holly discount traditional hi s tory .

We e e es e would giv a ﬁnal instanc in this r p ct .

O u r e th e A e H istory r cords that rm nian K ing , Z a rm a yr (1 1 9 8- 1 1 86 fought on the side of th e T s wa s A e T h e rojan and killed by chill s . kingdom of L ittle Phrygia by th e H ellespon t (Dardan ell es ) and situated between B eth yn i a on t h e r M cea L o n th e s no th and y and ydia outh ,

i ts T or had for capital roy I lium , which was h eld in grea t r es p ect by th e various States in A s e e e e e ia Minor, and a d f nsiv Allianc betwe n A r m en i a : A Cnr on olog i ca l Tr ea ti se 1 1 3

e b e e i th m may not e r gard d as improbable. I t s

s o e s e s s not many y ar ago wh n , in our chool day ,

e ou r e we er e e h i s r ading H om r, w told to r gard Iliad a s mere myth and th e fantas tic creation o f s ublim e poetic imagi nati on . H ow completely our Opinions were altered S ince S ch lei m a n n and h i s associates brought to light th e wonders of th e City of T roy " We ca n imagin e n ow t h e ramparts of th e city with proud gray- h eaded Priam pacing them up and down ; mighty

e h i s H ctor , lifting his child in arms in ﬁnal embrace b efore engaging A chill es in h i s fatal

All e a s e . combat . th es e we now acc pt r al facts

Z a r m a r ? We a r e s How about y till in doubt, and

we s s not unnaturally . But hould tay our ﬁnal e A e a r e judg m ent . E xcavations in rm nia not e et ﬁnish d y . A s s yrian A rchaeology has op ened a n ew

T er s chapter in A rm enian H i s tory . heir num ou e e e monum ntal , tabl t and cylind r inscriptions , e ee e e e e th e which hav b n d ciph r d , m ntion 8 B C . o u nam es of A rmenian Royalty from 8 5 .

T a re s r e th e e wards . h ese uppo t d by cun iform in s criptions on th e famous Rock of Van (which 8 e ee e er e . A e 8 B . C . hav also b n d ciph d) nt rior to 5 , we e th e A e e e ho v r , ssyrian Kings mak fr qu nt references to th eir conquests in N a i r i (A r e e e e m nia) , g nerally in naus atingly xtravagant 1 1 4 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

S h a lm a n es a r 1 2 - 1 00 language. I (about 3 5 3 e r e th e of Kh a n i olba t v ntu d within country g , a feat which his predeces s ors had n ev er even a t ” ’ “ s T h e es tempted (Prof. Masp ero Struggl of ” 6 8 Kna n z oléa t th e e 0 . Nations , pag g is said to A ve ee s e . e ha b n ituat d in sia Minor Pag 35 3, i dem T u k u lt i- 1 2 ln ) . N inib I (about 7 5 forms u s that h e brought into s ubj ection no l ess

s r T e e s e s a than forty King of Nai i . h r e m p parent reason for belief that in th es e early days Greater A rmenia mus t have b een a Confederacy e s e o n e r e with num rou p tty K ings , of whom p f s u m ably must hav e been th e Chi e K ing . But

e th e A s r s do e th n s y ian King not m ntion this , peradventure because th ey could n ot conquer him ? Wh en we b eli eve th e A s syrian reference s of A e wh we to forty K ing rm nia , y should not al s o believe th e possibility of on e of these to have been from th e lin e of K ings m ention ed in ? our traditional history T igla th - P iles er I (1 1 2 0

1 1 B C . h 00 . ) has it that h e cros s ed t e Euphrates

e th e er n ar Mush , bridging riv with U rumi trees from th e mountain s h e travers ed S ixteen different mountain s (th e nam es of which a r e r e

e on e on e h e e e - cord d , by ) ; e conqu r d tw nty three

of r w e e a r e s e Kings Nai i ( hos nam s al o giv n , ser i a ti m ee to th e s th e ) , and proc ding land of distant Kings on th e shores of t h e Upper S ea

Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

s t h e e e e s r tion , but most int r sting xhibits , hi to ic

e a r e th e z e ally and archa ologically , bron bands from th e gates of th e res idence of Shalman es er I I (860 - 8 2 5 recording amongst oth er

e e of A e m conqu sts , thos rn and Sugu i , during t h e reign of A rame (860 - 843 t h e ﬁrst w A e e kno n Vannic K ing Of rm nia , accompani d by pictorial details of th e S laughter and u n s p eakabl e tortures of th e inhabitants . With deep acknowl edgments to Fath er Sahak

T er Movs es ia n of th e Mekh it a ri a n tz e o f , Soci ty

t L z w e m lete L of th S . e e e co e a ar , giv b low a p ist o f A e th e Vannic Kings rm nia , as known up to present

th e e During r ign of Sardur I I I , that is , in

6 2 6 B . C . o e th e e , t ok plac gr at Ethnological e e th R volution , which culminat d i n e advance o f th e Cimmerians and th e Scythians into Asia e Minor, which doubtl ss brought with it th e A r men i a : A Cnr on olog zca l Tr ea ti se 1 1 7

A e of th e - e r e rm nian branch I ndo Europ ans , garded as directly through th e western Cim e s e A e e m rians , which ttling in rm nia , supplant d with Europ ean el em ents th e ethics and culture of

r T h e e e th e o iginal inhabitants . Cimm rians w re spread ov er th e whole of Europe to th e north and north - west of th e Black S ea and in T hrace th e s th e e of th e S ea ( coa t land to w st Black , s d a e H i s now known a D ob r u j ) . I nt rnational tory records that under th e pres s ure of th e Sar matians (a hybrid race of Scythian orig in i n habiting th e vast regions to th e north of t h e Caucas us Mountain s ) and pursu ed by th e

es - e A s th e Scythian hord from north ast ia , Cimmerian s crossed th e H ell es pont and invaded A e e e e e e . rm nia, through Phrygia , wh r th y s ttl d Cya x a res I (6 2 5 - 5 84) just at thi s tim e as c end ed t h e e of e T e of Thron M dia . aking advantag th e e s h e e e thnological confu ion , ﬁnally d stroy d th e A s syrian Empire and ann ex ed M es opotamia A e and rm nia . During his reign and that of his

e A s ta a es 8 e s e succ ssor, y g (5 4 M dia ro to th e e of h er e e e h er re h ight pow r, just b for p cipi ta te decline and fall at th e hand s o f Cy r us th e Great (5 38 T h e A rm enian King E r wa n d th e e T e ( fath r Of igran s I , ally of u e L Cyr s in his conqu sts of ydia and Babylon) ,

e e e B C I s who comm nc d his r ign about 5 80 . 1 1 8 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t regarded by critical historians as th e ﬁrst King

- A e of th e I ndo Europ ean rm nian nation .

T h e A rs a cida e s of A e Dyna ty rm nian K ings , duri n g whose r eg i m e A rm enia reach ed t h e z e of h er e e th e e of t h e nith pow r, follow d rul s A D 2 8 e e e e . . S l ucida and la t d till 4 , in which ee both traditional and critical historians agr , except that t h e p eriod of i ts duration is 5 7 8 6 1 8 e es e e e and y ars r p ctiv ly , according to th ir vi ews as to th e comm encem ent of t h e Dyn

h - . T es t e B e . C e e e asty igran Gr at (9 4 5 5 . ) l vat d th e I m er i a l di n it Kingdom to p g y. H is dominions s tretch ed from th e Caucasus to th e P ersian

H e es th i n Gulf. succ sfully fought e Roman “ v e L s e o f ad r ucullu , and was styl d King

T r d - . e a t A D 2 e s Kings I ( . . 5 7 5 ) liv d in tormy es A e e e r tim , rm nia b ing distract d by ival e H e e R e t h e pow rs . was invit d to om by Emp eror N ero (5 4 and was rec eived with s s s r er urpa ing egal pom p and ceremony . N o c r owned him King of A rm enia I n th e

L e s e s e e e ouvr Mu um , in Pari , th r is a r mark

e e- s z e e e of T er da t e abl lif i marbl statu I , spl ndid e e A e o r in proportion and in x cution (in rm nian , wa s e e th e e what quival nt to sam thing , in Pa r thian royal robes ) and attributed to t h e er h i s e s e p iod Of stay in Rome. Som critic ass rt that th e epi s ode in A r m enian histo r y relating

A r m en i a : A Cnr on olog i ca l Tr ea ti se 1 1 9 to th e romantic incident on th e r ocky rapids of th e r iver K ur (boundary between th e Kingdom of A e of th e A rm nia and that lans), and known a s A r ta s h es S a th i n ik e e e that of and , r ally r f rs ” to A r t a s h es e a this King , b ing a common p p ellati on for many of th e Kings of th e A rs a cidae

s A th e of s e . e Dyna ty ft r fall thi latt r Dynasty , th e S as s anian K ings (who occupi ed th e P ersian D 2 2 6 6 8 e es A . thron , at Ct iphon , from . to 3 , comm encing with A rdashir I and ending with

Yez di a rd s g I I I ) , amidst antagoni tic conﬂicts e ee th e e s of e b tw n Pow r Byzantium and P rsia ,

e e A e u e - e e gov rn d rm nia thro gh Gov rnors G n ral , Chos en from t h e A rm enian or P ers ian nobility T D s e A . 2 8 s e e . a occa ion d mand d . his last d from 4

6 8 r e wa s th e to 3 . Du ing this p riod fought battl e of A va r yr (45 1 ) by th e A rm enian na

ti o n al e h is e e es h ro , Vardan , and d vot d associat , by which th e las t s lumb er ing embers of Fire Wo rs hip w ere extingui s h ed for ever and th e Christian Faith ro s e re- strength ened a n d t r i

u m h a n t A e h a s th e p in rm nia , which proud dis tinction Of b eing th e ﬁrst country where Chri s tianity was embrac ed as National Religion

a s e A . 6 8 88 D 2 8 . A e arly as . 9 From 3 to 5 rm nia wa s gov erned th r ough twenty successive I n

s e rs - e e e th e e o f th e p cto G n ral , und r rul Mo

h a m m eda n r s or h s a T e Emi Calip of B g hdad . h n 1 2 0 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

ros e th e A rm enian B ag ra ted Dynasty in Upper A rm enia (with A n i as capital) which lasted for 1 60 e 88 A y ars ( 5 its ﬁrst K ing , shot I (88 5 - 89 0) having been crown ed by Caliph Mu h a m ed Bullah (8 70 T h e ninth and

of G a ik 1 0 2 last King this Dynasty , g I I ( 4 T h e s f di ed in 1 0 7 9 . Royal Dyna ty o V a s

oora ka n a s A r dz r u n i e i n p , known , last d , with

t er m itten t e d o f for 1 2 e p rio s duration , 7 y ars , comm encing with G agik (9 0 8- 9 37) and ending A 1 0 e S en ech eri m with tom ( 37 H ovan s , known a s th e King of th e Res h t u n ees (an eph em eral Dynasty) b ecam e afterwards al s o V a s oora ka n e e King of p , his combin d rul lasting

from 9 7 2 to 1 0 2 7 . T h e las t reigning Dynasty of t h e Kings of

A e of th e R u ben ia n rm nia was that , in Cilicia , comm encing with Ruben I (1 0 80 r e ceivi n g royal dignity with L eo I (1 1 86 - 1 2 1 9 ; th e ﬁrs t L eo (1 1 2 3-1 1 37 ) b eing in t h e line of t h e Ruling P r i n ces ) and concluding with t h e sho r t- lived L usignan Dynas ty (a collater al branch of t h e Ru b en ia n Dynasty through L eo of w th e L eo e I) , hich last K ing , V , cam to t h e e 1 H r thron in 374 . e l eft his count y soon e e th e e of th e aft r , und r pr ss dominating Mam th e luks of Egypt , and with him K ingdom of A rm enia cam e to an en d K ing L eo V

L O RD BYRO N A N D T H E A RM E N I A N L A N G U A GE

a re we e e e s H E RE , b li v , not many E ngli h m en who a re aware of t h e fact that L ord

on e e h i s e th e Byron , at tim i n lif , took up study of t h e A rm enian language with genuin e earnes t e e e e e e e ee n ss , and v n attain d an appr ciabl d gr of proﬁci ency in it . L 1 80 h e ord Byron left E ngland in 9 , when

e - on e e s of a e s e em was tw nty y ar g , om what bittered by th e hostil e reception accorded to

e r e e s of e his a li st po ms , notably his H our I dl ” e e e n ess . E ven though th ey bore palpabl videnc

of e e u e e e th e r markabl int itiv arly g nius , critics “ of th e Edinburgh Revi ew had cons idered it

t o z e e e e ﬁt critici th m m rcil ssly , principally on “ ” th e ground Of minority " During his three ’ e e e A ee e y ars abs nc in Spain , lbania , Gr c , and e h e e e Constantinopl , produc d , with marv llous

‘ s u cces s i on s evera l o f e e e , his r nown d po ms ,

s e h i s e w e H e re which pr ad fam far and id .

e 1 8 1 2 1 8 1 h e turn d to England in , and in 5

e r e t h e en d o f mad a happy mar iag , but at a

1 2 2 L or d B yr on a n d tne A r men i a n L a ng u ag e 1

” year th e busy tongue of calumny wrecked th e domes tic happin es s of th e greates t poetic genius of e e o n e ex ce England in all ag s , p rhaps with p “ ” tiOn . A lthough nothing was proven against

h i s e s e e e e him , quick and s n itiv natur r volt d h e H against t e intoleranc of it all . e l eft E ng e e i n th e s o f land , v n though involuntarily, pring 1 8 1 6 w th e e e e e e . , ith d t rmination n v r to r turn H e s e e e e e ee e ttl d down in V nic for som thr y ars , and it wa s in th e autumn of th e ﬁrst year of h i s res id ence th ere that h e took up th e s tudy Of th e A e rm nian language. T s e t h e e e e homa Moor , c l brat d I rish Bard , a devoted fri end of L ord Byron and his bi o

e es e e e graph r , quot from a l tt r writt n to him by

e i e e e th e e e Byron from V n c , und r dat 5 D c mb r 1 8 1 6 By wa y o f diverti s em ent I am A e s e t h e studying daily , at an rm nian mona t ry,

A r menian language. I found that my mind wanted s om ething craggy to break upon ; and — thi s as th e mo s t difﬁcult thi n g I could discov er e e m e e — I e e h r for an a us m nt hav chos n , to

e m e . e tortur into attention I t is a rich languag , e e e e th e how v r, and would amply r pay anyon

r e of e . s o n t oubl l arning it I try , and hall go ;

e e of for i n but I answ r for nothing , l ast all my

e s T a t ntion or my s ucc es s . h ere r e s om e v ery r s o . e e cu iou M S S in the m nast ry , as w ll as 1 2 4 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t s om e books ; translations also from Greek

s e s original , now lost , and from P r ian and Syrian ,

e es s of e own e e. r etc . ; b sid work th ir p opl Fou y ears ago th e French instituted an A rm enian T e e e e e profes s ors hip . w nty pupils pr s nt d th m

n e s elves O Monday morning , full of nobl ardour,

e h e e s . ing nuous yout , and of impr gnabl indu try Th ey p ersevered with a courage worthy of th e

o f e s e T nation and univ r al conqu st, till hursday ; wh en ﬁfteen of th e twen ty succumbed to th e S i x

- e e e e t h e e . and tw nti th l tt r of alphab t I t is , to b e e e of A e — sur , a Wat rloo an lphab t that must ” L e to be s aid for th em . ord Byron writ s again h e 1 8 1 6 M r e e e 2 t e e . . Moor , und r dat 4 D c mb r I trust yo u received my oth er twain of ’ f r of e e . o e o e l tt rs My way lif ( May lif , which i s it accordi n g to th e comm entators My way ’ th e of life is fall en into great r egularity . I n mornings I go ov er in my gondola to hobbl e A rm enian with th e friars of th e Conv ent o f L . e o n e e St azarus , and to h lp of th m in cor r ec ti n g th e E ngli s h of an E nglish and A rm enian

h T h e e s grammar which e is publishing . Count s Alb r i z z i wh o e of , cam to know his lordship at e e es e e e e 1 8 1 V nic , writ in r f r nc to him in 7 During an entire winter he went ou t every e e to t h e s morning alon , to row hims lf i land of th e A e rm nians (a small island, distant from

1 2 6 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

T h diphthongs to produce them . e A rm enian compl ete alphab et ad equately suppli es th e di

e e s s e e s v rs sound , by di tinct l tt r , which human

i n e s e speech is n ed of. Many philologist hav s e s s e e e e e e ucc s fully ma t r d th m , and th r by studi d and admired t h e anci ent rich A rm enian Classics “ w a s L s t e hich , ord Byron ays , would amply f ” pay anyon e t h e trouble o learning it . L o r d

th e e own e f h a s e Byron , as r sult of his f orts , l ft

s of two es us E ngli h translations Epistl , with

e s e e e A e ampl annotation , from an xc ll nt rm nian e e : a th e e of t h e V rsion , nam ly ( ) Epistl h . t e A e e Corinthians to S t Paul postl , comm ncing “ e h e th e de with St p n and El rs with him , Dab ” s c h et . e ee e e e t e nus , E ubulu , ( ight n v rs s) and ( ) s e of P a u l th e e Epi tl to Corinthians , comm ncing “ ”

e etc . with , Paul , in bonds for J sus Christ,

(sixty vers es) . T h e grammar referred to above was duly

s L z r 8 1 e S t . e 1 e e publi h d at a a in 7 , and s v ral

e o f a r e e s u n copi s it still xtant . I ts E ngli h is e e s t h e A e th e imp achabl , whil t rm nian is in

e s s e. I t s e pur st cla ical styl author , Fath r

H r oth u n A v r 1 r a o e g e i a n (c. 7 74 a e n own ed A me s r nian cholar and linguist , had e e s e e e L e e h e r sid d v ral y ars in ondon , wh r

e s . th e e e to h is e studi d E ngli h I n pr fac volum , Father A vg er i a n m ention s that t h e work was L or d B yr on a n d tae A r men i a n L a ng u ag e 1 2 7

e e th e es e of L wh o und rtak n at d ir ord Byron , offered and p ers onally paid th e exp enses of th e

T e e i s e e of s r publication . h r a pi c ri ing g ound in L th e middl e of t h e littl e I s land of S t . azare w e e s i s e e e hich , v n to thi day, aff ctionat ly point d o u t to vi s itors as th e spot wh ere L ord Byron loved to rest and receive h i s l es sons at th e hands of Fath er A vg eri a n . H i s po etic genius and s ympath etic natu r e had s trongly appeal ed t h e s e o t e reverend Fath r . Ev ry man has his

s we s b e too fault , but mu t not hasty to sit in

s judgem ent over oth ers . I t is aid that each ’ e L a morning , wh n ord Byron s gondola p p roa ch ed th e p eaceful covered landing of th e

e A v er i a n - Island , Fath r g would good humour ” edl e e e es t h e " y xclaim , H r com madcap But e e e e th y lov d him , honour d him , and admir d him for those exceptional attributes which had th e of e stamped him as child g nius . A n d w h a s L th e e hat ord Byron , as r sult Of

e e e e e e e s a his p rsonal knowl dg and xp ri nc , to y about th e A rm enians them s elves ? At this period (1 8 1 6 ) I was much struck i a e e e w eve e e common , I b li v , ith ry oth r trav ll er — th e e th e e with Soci ty of Conv nt of St . L z s e s e th e a aru , which app ar to unit all a d vantages of th e monastic institution without any i of ts vices . 1 2 8 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

T h e e es th e t h e e e e n atn s , comfort , g ntl n ss , th e e e ev th e s e s unaff ct d d otion , accompli hm nt , th e e t h e e e of th e e and virtu s Of br thr n ord r , a r e w ell ﬁtted to strike th e man of th e world

‘ with th e conviction that th ere i s another and ’ a better even in this life. “ T h es e m en a re th e pri esthood of an op

e s e e h a s e pr s d and a nobl nation , which partak n of th e proscription and bondage of th e J ew s th e ee th e e ess of and of Gr ks , without sull nn t h e h T s form er or th e s ervility o f t e latter . hi

e e h a s e e u s p opl attain d rich s without ury , and all th e honours that c a n b e awarded to slavery

r e. e e e without int igu But th y hav long occupi d ,

‘ ’ e e e es s th e e of e n v rth l , a part of H ous Bondag , who has lately multipli ed h er many mansion s . be e th e I t would difﬁcult , p rhaps , to ﬁnd annals of a nation l ess s tain ed with crim es than thos e th e A e e e e ee of rm nians , whos virtu s hav b n

s e of e e e es e of tho p ac , and th ir vic thos com e ee pulsion . B ut whatever may hav b n th eir — — des tiny and it has b een bitter whatever it be e e e e be may in futur , th ir country must v r on e of th e most interesting on th e globe; and perhaps th eir language only requires to be h more studied to becom e more attractive. I f t e r e a re Scriptu s rightly understood , it was i n A e — A rmenia that Paradis was placed rmenia ,

1 30 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

religion is dethroned and conﬁned in a narrow c e h st . “ We S hall in vain interpret their words by th e notions of ou r philosophy and th e doc ” trines of ou r school s (L ocke) . ’ Th e closing years o f Byron s short life were s e ee e e e h e e- e e de p nt in Gr c , wh r whol h art dly voted himself to th e noble caus e of urging and h elping th e Greeks in th eir freedom from th e

H e s h eavy yoke of T urkish tyranny . pent his — — whole fortun e a n immense sum i n rigging ou t H e a ships to h elp th e Greeks . raised e ee e e e e e brigad in Gr c , at his privat xp ns , ’ ” L s e H e w e known as ord Byron Brigad . ork d

e s th e e of h i s e e inc s antly , by magic pow r v rs , and in affording material assi s tance towards th e

e o f e t e lib ration Greec e. H is h ar b at now for on e H e s ee that and only caus e. e did not liv to th e f H e e accomplishment o h i s work . di d at

s 1 8 2 th e - e e e M is olonghi in 4 , in thirty s v nth y ar h of his a g e. H ow deeply th e Greeks felt t e loss o f their nobl e ben efactor may be judged from th e e e e es e e fact that , to acc d to th ir d ir s , th y “ e e e ee for e e o n e of th e w r allow d to k p int rm nt ,

es e s h i s e e e e v s l in which r mains , aft r mbalmm nt , er e e e e e e w nclos d (Moor ) and , furth r , as som es e e e e e e e authoriti av r, th y r qu st d and r tain d in Greece th e h ear t of L ord Byron for a mau L or dB yr on a n d tke A r m en i a n L a ng u ag e 1 3 1

? s oleu m . A n d in E ngland Som e ﬁfty years

e e s e co m m em or aft r, his admir r subscrib d for a

e s e wa s e e e e ativ tatu which r ct d i n H yd Park ,

s e A e e a s e t h e ju t b hind psl y H ous , a tribut to

o f e e e s glory his po tic fam and surprising g niu , es e A e h e s s e but in W tminst r bb y till ﬁnd no nich , “ ’ ” or e th e e e s r cognition in Po t s Corn r , among t

e of I n e a c thos his nation , with whom , th ir

w e e e e e w h e c a n kno l dg d gr atn ss and r no n , claim at l eas t equal rank . S T A A N D L O T . I RE N E U S H I S S T R E A T I S E

“ o n e of i ts e e e T h e T e N r c nt numb rs , im s ” L iterary Suppl em ent had t h e following i nteresting information “ e e e th e s From a stat m nt of Eus bius , hi torian of e e e s arly Christianity , it was known that I r na u had written a work upon thc fulﬁlm ent of

es s e O u r L w M ianic proph cy by ord , hich had

h s ee . 1 8 t e e e b n lost I n 94 mi sing tr atis , for it i s e A e quit a short book , was found in an rm nian ver s ion ; and it h a s n o w b een translated into

e e s th e . Fr nch by a J suit mis ionary , R P

B a r h u l t T i x r n s e t o o . e o t and M , and publi h d by

. f e i s e es e o s . T e e M B auch n , Pari h r a lit rary interes t attached to th e work ari s ing fr om

e ld T T e e a re num rous O estam ent citations . h s e e th e e s e e g n rally from S ptuagint, but om of th m a re e s e ee e th e e e mor clo ly in agr m nt with H br w , and in thes e instances a re frequently id entical with th e same quotation as given by J ustin ” Martyr . I t i s well known that early A rmenian trans

1 32

1 34 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

A doer su s H a er eses popularly known as , is con e e s ider edas his chi ef achi ev em ent . I t was dir ct d “ ” e e against Gnosticism , or that knowl dg which “ e e s e be e S t . I rena us d mon trat d to fals ly so ” E i h a n i u s t h e e e . call d p p and H ippolytus , latt r

e . e e e e e e e a discipl of St I r na us , hav r f rr d to som

o f e e s a r e r e fragm ents St . I r na u , which so p h e e i n e . t e e t s rv d th ir writings B ut b st authori y , from who s e early writi n gs we have knowl edge o f th e s th e Mes lost work , and among them f e e ia n i c e o . e s Propheci s St I r na us , was Eus bius

of e e A . D . 2 6 e Ca sar a ( 4 a cont mporaryand , b e e e ee e e e it may add d , an st m d p rsonal fri nd

f re or of A e H e e G . e o St . g y rm nia wrot an Eccl s i a s ti cal H istory Of th e Church Of Christ down ” A D 2 to . . 3 4 , and a Chronicon , or H istory Of h A D 2 8 T h e e t . . e e World down to 3 . pr s nt dis “ c overy of th e missing T reatise o n M essianic

e e A e e i s o f Proph ci s , th rough an rm nian sourc ,

re e e e b e of g at int r st , but it would undoubt dly additional interes t if we could b e told th e nam e o f th e A rm enian translator and t h e date of th e translation .

e e n ot b e e e n I t may , how v r , g n rally k own

e e e two A e s that i n r c nt tim s rm nian scholar , Ka ra p et T er - Mek er ti s ch ia n and E rwa n d T er

Mi n a s s ia n z e A e r s , publish d , from an rm nian t an

a e e L e 1 0 o f l tion , a G rman dition ( ipzig , 9 7) S t I r en a eu s a n d ki s L st Tr . o ea ti se 1 35

another of th e lost works of S t . I renaeus m en “ tion ed e s h i s s e by Eus biu in H i t , nam ly , “ ” th e A s T e i s I n proof of po tolic aching , I t in t h e e s es th e form Of a Dialogu , and con titut oldes t Catechi s m in support of th e truth and in e e e of s e e d f nc Chri tianity , xhibiting in a r mark abl e degree th e sound th eological knowledge of h e e e t e e . saint d arly Bishop , I r na us I T S T H E B I B L I CA L D E L U G E . L A A T P H YS I CA L E X P N I O N .

’ th e e of e N six hundredth y ar N oah s lif , in th e e th e e e ee of s cond month , s v nt nth day th e th e e e e th e month , sam day w r all fountains th e e ee e u th e Of gr at d p brok n p , and windows A n d th e of h eaven were open ed . rain was upon ” T e th e earth forty days and forty nights . h n th e e e th e wat rs gradually ros , and mountains e e e e de e w r cov r d , stroying in th m all living “ s A n d w e th e e e t h e thing . h n wat rs subsid d ,

A rk e e th e e e o n t h e eve r st d in s v nth month , s n t een th th e s day of the month , upon mountain ” A S O w e h e of rarat . e r ad in t e s venth and e e of th e of e ighth chapt rs Book Gen sis . I n recent years research es in th e A rchae ology Of A nci ent Babylon have brought to light c ertain cun eiform inscriptions Of remarkable e e antiquity and of great historical valu . Som o f th es e exhibit records repl ete with vivid de ’ s c r i ti o n s o f th e e p World s great st Flood , as witnessed by th e Babylonians and as written e s e e e own down by th m lv s , in th ir archaic 1 36

1 38 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

cate the mountain of th e Babylonian clay i a

s cri tion s th e of R eva n dou z p in Plains , which form th e boundary between Armenia and north O n e of th e a eastern M esopotamia . mount ins in

s i s e ee e s ea e e thi locality n arly f t abov l v l , or l es s than half th e h eight of Mount A rarat from b e e t h e same l evel . I t will within the r collection of e e e many that in th s v ry plains and mountains ,

th e of th e e e e Wa r during ﬁrst half r c nt Gr at , many a devoted A rm enian volunteer laid down e on th e e o f th e his lif , ﬁghting sid Russia in f T cause o righteousn ess and lib erty . his g eo

th e e - of th e graphical position , as r sting place

e- e a e e Babylonian lif b aring b rge , is not xpr ssly nam ed in th eir ancient records referring to th e s e e e u ubj ct . I t is m r ly an inferenc e ded c ed by s cholars according to their individual judg m ents by no m eans unanimous . But th e u n e e e e of i nt rrupt d b li f both Pagan and Christian , on e e e for nigh years now , has n ver wav r d A th e of A e t h e that rarat, i n country rm nia, was

e e th e A r k e e e e mountain wh r r st d , as r lat d in th e of e e e th e Book G n sis . I am awar that Biblical reference does not lead us t o th e ex plic i t conclusion that th e n a me of th e moun tain “ wa s A rarat ; it m erely s peaks o f th e mountains ” f A ‘ o rarat . But we deﬁnitely know that as far

t e B . h b h en e . C t e n me e . ack as ﬁft th c ntu ry a , Tke B i kli ca l D elug e 1 39

A rarat referred to A rm enia and th e vari ous m onum ental and tabl et i n s criptions of th e

A s r of th e e e s e de sy ian K ings p riod , ffu iv ly c r ibi n g th eir many military expedition s into

U r u a r tu a s e e e e ( styl d by th m), with r markabl e e s of e e g ographical d tail in many th s , do not ju s tify u s in acc epting th e th eory that t h e Plains of Reva n dou z w ere included in tho s e o f A rarat . I n V i ew of our present - day knowledge of th e geographical features and of th e physical con s titu tion of th e e o f ou r e e e e arth , and xp ri nc , du e e e e e e e to asc rtain d caus and ff ct , obtain d ’ th e e of e s from syst matic working Natur laws , we ask ours elves : H ow was it possibl e that the waters of t h e Earth could ris e high er than

A e r ee Mount rarat , which stands n a ly f t e t h e e e o f th e s ea ? A n d e abov l v l , s condly , ? where did all thi s water com e from We reply that under certain astronomical and physical

e e en a r e conditions , both thes ph nom a by no

e s s e. L et n s e e m an impos ibl us co id r, ﬁrst , som of these phenom ena with which we a r e positively e t h e we i n familiar, in r gard to Earth which e e of th e habit , and which as a m mb r harmonious cos mic arrangem ents o f th e entire U niverse h a s r emain ed unchan ged s ince th e World was h er h a s e young , although conﬁguration chang d 1 40 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

e e from tim to ti m owing to volcanic actions , w e e e . arthquak s , and abnormal tidal av s I t is well known that our Glob e is on e Of th e Planets held by th e Sun as th e c entre of th e s olar h e e e th e t e e t e. syst m , in vas xpans of univ rs We be e e to e a r en th eti may p rmitt d m ntion , p

owe ou r e e o f th e S u n cally , that we knowl dg being th e centre of the Solar System to Nicholas

A D 1 s e e Copernicus ( . . 4 73 who ju t b for

his death proved and esta blish ed this fact . U ntil his tim e th e b elief (propound ed by e th e Claudius Ptol my I , i n the ﬁrst half Of 2 d n A . D e century . ) prevail d that the Earth was the centre of the system and that the th e e e s t h e e o f th e Sun , oth r Plan t , and r st ’ e e h r e h av nly bodi es revolved round e . Ptol my s

e o wn h e th e th ory was his , but had famous A l exandrian L ibrary (which to th e eternal r e e o f h 6 t e e A D . gr t lit rary world was burnt in . 34

O to H e by Caliph mar) at his disposal consult . e e e e e th e s of had , th r for , b for him work such remarkabl e astronom ers o f th e anci ents as T hal es Of Milit u s (640 - 5 46 Pythagoras (5 8 2 - 5 00 A naxagoras (5 0 0 - 4 2 8 Phi lolaus (480 - 39 6 and H ipparchus (1 6 0 - 1 2 0 wh o e e e , in turn , had built th ir th ori s on e of th e e thos Egyptians and Chald ans . A e e e e e ft r M rcury and V nus , our Plan t com s

1 4 2 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

’ would interfere with ou r Planet s accustomed e e e e mom ntum , ups tting c rta i n vital appointm nts in h er physical constitution and resulting in e e e s e e o r a c misfortun or v n di ast r, gr at small , h f s cording to t e magnitude o uch disturbanc e.

e e e be e z e e I t will , th r for , r ali d why that subtl ,

s ee e e of th e un n , and profound attractiv pow r e e Oh Earth , by which all animat and inanimat

ects e or e h er e or j , abov b low surfac , moving

s a re h er e e tationary , drawn to own c ntr and e e e to t h e k pt in balanc and which , in r lation

e e s e s s tea dfa s tl h eld oth r plan t and ﬁx d star , is y

e s e e e e e i n quipoi by a common c ntr , is so ss ntial ’ th e s s e to World af ty . We owe th e discovery of gravity to th e famou s e s e e math matician and a tronom r , Sir I saac N wton

A D 1 6 2 m n ( . . 4 an inti ate fri end and co e of e e e s t mporary two oth r gr at astronom r , J ohn

ee 1 6 6 - 1 1 e Flamst d ( 4 7 9) and Dr . E dm u nd H all y (1 6 5 6 E very schoolboy is familiar with ’ th e e mom ntous incident in N ewton s life. O h s e on e e e e e rving, day , an appl which d tach d its lf

th e ee e th e h e won from tr and f ll to ground , dered why t h e apple did not proceed skywards s e of in t ad falling . Wh ether t h e story o f thi s

e be e or i t e a th e incid nt r al not , is c rtain th t outcom e of h i s speculations was th e discovery

t h e e L a w of immutabl of Gravity . What will Tke B i oli ca l D elug e ' 1 43

follow by disturbing t h e equilibrium of gr avity

we w r e e s e kno ou s lv s , in a mall way , by p rsonal

e e e e. e a e s xp ri nc Wh n , for inst nc , tanding in a e e we e s e e p rp ndicular position , b nd our lv s for e e we e o u r e ward b yond a c rtain point, los balanc T and fall to th e ground fac e forward s . o

s e we avoid uch a catastroph , must maintain our

e e e ou r balanc , or , in oth r words , not r linquish

e of i s e es e c ntre gravity . What tru in this r p ct

is t e e e ee e t h e rue , in a gr at r d gr , in r gard to Earth in h er relations to th e Moon and th e oth er h eavenly bodi es in th e Solar Sys tem e e w and outsid it , a d viation from which ould

involve th e con s equenc es m entioned above.

Th e e e w s u b n xt point , in conn ction ith our

e es e s e for s e i s jc t , which pr nts it lf con id ration , th e e e th e Ti des a s we ph nom non of , which w e e e e e e kno tak s plac twic a day , with p rf ct r gu la rit T T w s w a r du e . e e e a s e e y h s id s , al o kno , to th e attractions of both th e Sun and th e du e e of th e e on Moon , but mor to that latt r

of h er e e th r account n ar r proximity to e Ea th . T h e rise and ﬂow outwards of th e oc eans and rivers reach th eir maximum h eight (known a s T e N ew w e s h e i s Spring id s) at Moon , h n on th e s e s e of th e a s th e e am id Earth s tting Sun , wh en th e Sun and Moon being in conjunction th e e e e e attract wat rs with gr at st forc , and also 1 44 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t at Full Moon when s h e is on th e side o f th e

A t t h e r Earth opposite to th e setting Sun . oth e e th e e t h e e a re phas s of Moon , wh n two forc s

r e we e th e pulling from contra y dir ctions , r ach T L owest Ebb or N cap ides .

A s r e o u r i s Com et di tu bing ag nt to Earth a , when in its p eriodical transit it happ en s to a p proach ou r imm ediate s ph ere but th e i n ﬁn ites i

e s e. mal part of a fraction , b yond its normal cour

A t i ts e e e e e th e p rih lion , that is , wh n n ar st Sun , i ts v elocity increas es and it s s ensitiven es s in regard to gravitation receives an augmentation

e th e e o f w with r tardation to v locity , and ith con s equences more evil than good to th e Plan et T h f h e es . e e o t e e it is n ar t numb r Com ts , which e e ee e e e hav hith rto b n discov r d and catalogu d ,

i s e th e e es o f th e not gr at, but from arli t dawn ’ Wo r ld s history its inhabitan ts hav e regarded th e advent of any o f thes e with feelings of u m ? easines s akin to a we. Why B ecause they hav e l earnt of disasters that have som etim es res ulted from th eir presence in t h e s ph ere in which our f h Earth revolves . Some o t e known minor con s equ enc es a re : a gen eral gravitation of all

e th e e our matt rs , composing substanc of Earth , out of their perp endicular ; c ertain exhalation s ; agitation of th e el ectric particles packed in th e el ements which mak e up th e atmosphere s u r

Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

swee n r es es o i n ' ai r With pi g glo i glid al ng , z And shakes th e sparkles from i ts bla ing hair .

We might add that th e word comet is derived

Kometes e - e th e ee . from Gr k , m aning long hair d T h e las t time this Com et cam e within vi ew 6 8 T h A D 1 0 . e e o f ou r Earth was in . . thr e great

s e e e e e e Briti h astronom rs , r f rr d to abov , mad e e of e e minut studi s its prop rties , magnitud , and We e e z tendenci es . l arn from th m that its si e is but littl e more than t en times as large as ou r e e e th e Moon . I ts gr at st distanc from Sun , in

s of of e e thou ands millions miles , is n arly twic as much as th e volume of th e present (March 1 1 8 e of 9 ) National D bt E ngland , in thousands of of e millions pounds and , although it ﬂi s with t h e almost incredibl e swiftn ess of miles e th e e e e e an hour , it tak s v ry long tim m ntion d

e e S of abov to com within ight our Earth . Its ta i l can only b e described as amaz ing . A s we a re e e e e e e we ee not M thus lahs , g ntl r ad r, n d entertain no anxiety for ourselves wh en this

e e e th e e of e Com t n xt com s round , in y ar grac and I trus t posterity will have good cause to exonerate th e present writer from any idea of s th e e of s T o be a suming rol an alarmi t . e e e th e e e mor accurat , in r gard to p riodic mov

e r e we s s e m nt of this Co n t , hould tat that accord

e ta ed w ou t e ing to asc r in data , it orks to n arly Tko B i éli ca l D elug e

e e e e : e s v n tim s in y ars , that is ach com 0 2 lete e e $ —ﬁ e s p r volution quals to 7 , or 5 7 y ar

it s e e. A . D . 1 6 80 in av rag Computing back from , we ﬁnd on e O fi ts p eri ods falls in 40 2 8 1 6 80 2 348

tki w s r eci el tke ea r o t/zeB éli a . d s a s i l B . C a n c , ﬁ y y f th O e w D elu e. e e g For , according to riginal H br th e e Chronology of World , conﬁrm d by Ussh er, th e A of A rchbishop rmagh , in his famous “ ” s th e e th e e e ee Notation , in middl of s v nt nth century (and since adopted a s t h e basis of e e e th e e W st rn Eccl siastical Chronology) , p riod fr om Creation to th e D eluge i s placed at years and th enc e to A n n o D om i n i at th e e years , combin d total of which corresponds h e f 00 B . C . t e o e . with 4 4 , as dat Cr ation Com petent astronomers tell us that of all known e e e e th e Com ts , J ulius Sidus pass s n ar st to orbit

of . e e e our Earth Should it chanc , in its cc ntric e e s e e e cours , to ncroach upon our ph re in d ﬁanc of th e L of e e e aws Natur , it would hav sufﬁci nt power not only to cause F or ty D ays a n d F or ty N zgkts R a i n and raise th e waters of th e Earth e e e e th e er to a gr at h ight , but ev n to br ak v y crust of th e Earth and imp el t h e subterran ean streams and oth er liquid matter to join forces

se th e e e with tho on surfac , and caus a cataclysm

a s th e T h e Re e e v. such D lug . William Whiston

A . D 1 66 e s ( . 7 a sci nti t , scholar, and . pro 1 48 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

“ liﬁc e N ew T th e writ r, in his heory of Earth , remarks that in such an event we may well ﬁnd e of th e e e th e tru e and adequate caus D lug . e th A rmenians will rememb r Mr . Whiston as e

e of author (in collaboration with his broth r) , th e excell ent L atin translation (publish ed in

1 6 th e of A e e 7 3 ) of H istory rm nia and G ography, by th e ﬁfth c entury A rm enian historian Moses “

Kh oren e. . e e e of Dr H all y , in his Misc llan a ” ’ e th e e e Curioso , says that a Chang in Earth s c ntr

th e - of th e Of gravity , but two thousandth part

of th e b e f e radius Earth , would su ﬁci nt to bury h th e tops of t e high est hills under water . A n d th e e e th e e again , in sam work , in r gard to Com t “ es h e : e e e e in qu tion , says N on had thr at n d ou r Earth with a n earer app ulse than that of

68 F or N ov . 1 0 . , by calculations , I ﬁnd that

6 m . 1 1 1 e . e days , hour, minut s p that Com t was not above th e s emidiameter of th e Sun to th e of th f A t northward e way o th e E arth . which e th e ee e th e e tim , had Earth b n th re, Com t would have had a parallax equal to that of th e Moon what might b e th e consequences of s o n ear

s e or of or of an appul , a contact, , lastly , a shock to th e cel estial bodi es (which is by n o m ea n s i mp oss i éle to com e to pass) I l eave to be dis ” e th e f cuss d by studious o physical matters . I n th e e e be fac of such emin nt opinion , it would

1 5 0 T/i e L a n d of A r a r a t

i ti H e e e e b ou s man revok ed . r n w d his incur s th e e sions with tumultuous throng , and ban of ’ th e exotic ruler cast forth from S cyth i a s u n e e e nurtured s tepp es ; th ey cam ; th y spr ad .

T e s e e e e deva s ta t h y till pr vail , with v r r curring ing eruptions in tho s e biblically sanctiﬁ ed ’ mountain s and fair vall eys of A rm enia s country

h A e - e e u n t e land of rarat . Ev n hand d J ustic folded th e bandage from h er ey es ; h er sword h r hand is b enumb ed ; e scal es ﬂung away . ” o f th e ? e Watchman , what night H avily but e e th e e : ee cl arly com s answ r I t has b n a long ,

ea e e for harrowing night , y , v n four thousand e L e e e e y ars and more. uminous M t ors hav ris n ’ es A e s own s e e e at tim from rm nia acr d sph r , and e we e e e e with th ir po r and brilliancy r ign d supr m ,

s e e amid t p ac and plenty. U nknown , unsung e A e L e and unh ard , many an rm nian onidas with his devoted Band has fought his T h ermopylae

e e for ov r and ov r again , for Country, Right, f or ee . e e e e and Fr dom I t is b ing don now . B for th e ramparts of th e highland fortress of E rz e “ ” th e A e roum , rm nians resisted furiously, so reads a report published only six days ago — th e of th e (March , but horrors night e et e T h e e e hav not y dissipat d . w lcom dawn ’ s eem ed to pi erc e A rm enia s dark hori z on but a ’ e e a o littl whil g . I t came from Peter s Mighty Tke B i éli ca l D elug e 1 5 1

e e th e s e Empir from b hind Cauca us , gath ring s e s h e e e e th e r s h e tr ngth as nt r d ho izon , but wa s e e s s s e s iz d with paraly ing convul ion at hom ,

ou r wa s e e s e w . and Dawn , onc mor , a fal da n — But th e real twilight t h e har binger of th e

s s u n — i s gloriou morning approaching , though s e till not cl early di s tinguishabl e. With unabat d ’ s r A e s e s a re e s e e pi it , rm nia brav ons th m lv s

s s e e . truggling to gra p it , and St . G org and St D eni s a r e s tanding by to dispel th e Cimmerian

e s e th e s gloom , and , onc for all , di solv uffocating

e th e F or e e s e w ight of incubus . hav not r spon ibl e politicians , in I sland and Contin nt, in Guild e th e e e A e hall and Chamb r , in t rribl rmag ddon we e e e e of this t nti th c ntury , oft n proclaim d that they will no longer p ermit an E mpire to s tand of e e e e th e whom th y hav onc again , r ad mys

ou th e e e e e T e e tic writing wall , M n , M n , k l , — e e th e e Upharsin thou art w igh d in balanc , and art found wanting ? ARM E N I A N P ROV E RB S

H E u s e of Proverbs dates back to th e e Of th e e earli st days human rac , concur r en tly with th e history of languages and th e e fe e ethnological p culiarities , which dif rentiat T e on e n e . e ation from anoth r h y cam into favour , e e e e e ss ntially, as a r ady means , und r c rtain of th e circumstances , communicating current of ’ e on e e o u m n s thoughts to another, in a mor p p lar and acceptable form than even th e perfection T of th e language itself could convey . hey ﬁrst th e of originated amongst the Nations of East, which we have proof in th e familiar Proverbs f A e e e e e o S olomon . lthough th s w r compos d n early a thousand years before the Christian e e e th e E ra , th y hav sustain d , unimpaired , truth of t h e e e their special wisdom , as ages hav roll d n f o . O e e e e a somewhat diff r nt scop , how ver, a r e th e e N ational Prov rbs and Maxims , which e e e e e hav b en accumulat d by div rs nations , mostly during the earli er p eriods of th eir e T e e. e a re e e e national xist nc h y r garded , g n r f ally , as illustrative o their distinctive char 1 5 2

1 5 4 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

e e t o e s e a circumstanc p culiar Prov rb , as w ll as A e A s A to Maxims , dag s , phori ms , and xioms ,

u s e th e A e in amongst rm nians , that almost in

e e e e a r e th e of d th ir ntir ty, th y product ays wh en th e A rm enians w ere still in th e infancy of

e s e th ir civilization , with a pirations comparativ ly undeveloped and living amid s t an environm ent not yet matured for th e exercis e of such intel e e t h e e o f l ctual attainm nts which , as progr ss

e e s r e e e ee e tim has d mon t at d , th y hav b n capabl f T o . e s e e e e e h y, con qu ntly, bas d th ir Prov rbs o n material s and obj ects which w ere mo st

is familiar to th emselves in th eir daily life. I t remarkabl e that though th e A rm enian s of s u c c eedi n e e s e o f th e g g n ration , marching abr ast

e e e o f th e e e e e r quir m nts tim , hav r main d as con s tan t to th eir national characteristics as w ere e e e b e e th ir anc stors , th y cannot said to hav added appreciably to th eir original proverbial T h sayings . e old Proverbs came to stay and F e e e . or th y hav stay d , a nation which cannot

e th e s an d of indulg in hort , pithy , wise saws its

e e b e e s e for fath rs , th y atirical or mollifying , grav

or e e . gay , liv s in intell ctual poverty

‘ Many of th e A rmenian Proverbs are in

e. e e e be e rhym I t will , th r for , und rstood that th eir native piquancy is somewhat lost in a free e e translation . N everth eles s an nd avour has A r m en i a n P r over és 1 5 5

ee e e s is e e b n mad , succ s fully it hop d , to conv y

e e e e s s th e th ir full s ns , as und r tood among t r A e e e e s . A rm nians , in r nd ing th m into E ngli h ’ few es e e e th e e s recollec of th , gl an d from writ r

a re e e w tions , giv n b lo , which though familiar A e e e e e b e to rm nians th ms lv s , may p rhaps of

e es e s e e int r t to oth r , in comparing th m with thos of other nationaliti es :

1 . O f th e e e s e e all virtu s , an unbl mi h d r puta i s e A m Th tion most valu d by an r enian . e advice i s handed down in th e prov erb : A good

name is b etter than spl endid treasures .

2 . e we e I n cont mplating matrimony , hav S ee h h t e moth er and know t e daughter .

f th r i s th e . O e e 3 all mo al faults , ingratitud mos t obnoxiou s to him : I f I were to cook an

e e e h e ea t e om l tt in my hand , would it and th n e e e d s crat my hand . h . th e e O f th e t e 4 I t is natur scorpion , says e proverb . I t is based on an interesting fabl e e e which r lat s that a scorpion onc , wishing to th e e e s e attain furth r bank of a rapid str am , a k d

a tortois e if h e may be ferri ed across o n his back .

Th e e es e ee e n c sary cons nt having b n grant d , th e h e journ ey started . I n th e middle of t e str am th e s corpion stung th e tortoise twice in a vulner e th e e th e e abl part in n ck , giving r ason that to u e sting was in his nat re . Wh n this painful 1 5 6 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

e f e for th e e th e operation was p r orm d third tim , e e e e e un ra te tortois div d und r wat r , l aving his g ful burden to h i s fate with th e remark that it wa s e e e e in his natur to div und r water at tim s . O bserve th e doubl e m eani n g "

e e a re e i n 5 . P opl who r luctant , through

e e or e e co - e e dol nc oth rwis , to op rat in any work , a r e th e es e told : Disburd n ston from your apron .

T i s s e o n e e th e e fe his , also , ba d an an cdot to f ct e e e that , onc upon a tim , a man having plac d a few e e e e h avy ston s in his apron , r frain d from th e e e h e e all work , with xcus that was h ld down by th e weight of th e ston es "

6 Th e z or . incorrigibly la y, habitually sloth

e e z e T h e z ful p rson , is charact ri d thus la y man was told a walnut tree was S prouting from h i s e e h e e e e should r, wh n r pli d that it was w ll , for

e S e e it would mak a had over his h ad . Th e e 7 . following proverbial simil e sp aks for

e : e e a re e its lf Wh n husband and wif at varianc , th ey resembl e a pair o f scissors ; th e blades e on e e et e e e e clos on anoth r, y th y n v r cut th m selves ; but woe to a third party who intervenes b etween th e blades " T h e 8 . wilful instigator of mischief is spoken of : A e e e thus fool thr w a ston into a w ll , forty

m en n u wise could ot fetch it o t . Of 8 . N o . : 9 similar tenor to , above , is I only

1 5 8 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

“ a re th e of a n d which , burnt child the E nglish h e th e scalded cat of t Spanish . ’ 1 e e e 4 . Shak sp ar s Petruchio , in taming his e e e e e Shr w, would hav r joic d in the xclama tion : Lord save us from a mad dog and an unruly woman .

1 . e e : T h e 5 S ductive speech is allud d to , as tongu e has no bone in it . wee e e 1 6 . A s t tongu can attract a snak from e e of e er its n st, is indicativ complac ncy and p e e a s ee suasiv mann rs , against domin ring f m ethods in accomplishing a di ﬁcult aim in life.

1 . e u s e 7 Win requires j udicious , for its potency is described as : T h e staff of Old ag e f and th e vanquisher o youth . 1 8 of e on . I ncompatibility gay b haviour, occa ’ of e e e e t o : A e sions sadn ss , is r f rr d , as donk y s pranks will always commence wh en crossing a b r idg e. ’ e 1 9 . U tter incredulity in a person s stat ment i s e th e t h e e e retaliat d by narrator of stat m nt , with : You might just ' as well say ou r donkey n ev er had a tail .

2 0 . e e we e Wh n v racity is at a discount, hav

H e who s peaks th e truth has a hol e in his hat . ’ e 2 1 . E rron ou s b eli ef in a man s power to grant favours and as a deterrent against i m

or tu n i ties es e e th e p , is d crib d by thos in know A r m en i a n P r ooer és 1 5 9 as : People think th ey sniff the odour Of grilled e bu t e i s e e m at , th y do not know that it m r ly du e to th e branding of a donkey .

T h e e : S e - e 2 2 . E nglish prov rb lf prais is no e e e e e e es r comm ndation , has for its v n mor xpr e e e A e : T h e siv quival nt , in rm nian lunatic will th e h i s praise himself and idiot wife.

2 e e th e e ou w th e e 3. B tt r d vil y kno than d vil ’ ou e - e y don t , is a w ll known E nglish prov rb , but th e Armenian shows even more cautious ness : B etter a tri ed devil than an untri ed angel 2 F or fe e e 4 . an inof nsive and disinter st d third fe s e e e e t wo e e party , who suf r und s rv dly wh n p opl

e e e we e : Th e hav a quarr l of th ir own , hav e t h e e e th e hors and mul had a scrambl , and donkey got trampl ed over . ee e e e 2 5 . For disagr m nt b twe n two dishonest

u s m en th e e e e e and nscrupulou Of sam trad , th r i s th e : e e saying Wh n a thi f robs a thief, it as tonish es God in H eaven .

2 6 Men e e . e e Of ali n i nt r sts , entrust d with e e ee e pow r to gov rn , who , st p d in iniquity , torture th e innocent whilst th ey screen th e

e a r e e e a s : guilty , whom th y favour , charact riz d

A d r og will not prey on anoth e dog . 2 F or th e e e o f th e L M u ltu m 7 . quival nt atin ,

i n a r oo e we e : th ﬁ (much in littl ), hav I t is e Tke L a n d of A r a r a t small est sparrows that swallow the biggest mulberri es . e e 2 8 . e e e P opl , timorous of th ir h alth , hav a ’ habi t of exclaiming : May t h e d evil s ea r be e e e e d af, wh n ver acknowl dging a satisfactory r e state o f h ealth o of affairs in g n eral . I t is e e hop ed that by so xclaiming, a B nign Provi e e e e e e e d nc will r nd r the d vil d af, mom ntarily, whilst the acknowl edgment is made . T hat i n dividual is regarded as a kind of general dis e e th e S e p ns r of all ills , imilar to that which onc a Pagan world beli eved as issuing from Pan ’ f r e o e . e dora s cask t, torm nting mankind Compar “ th e T E nglish saying , ouch wood , which is e e S th e e utter d und r imilar conditions , with hop

th e s e of that H oly Cros , which was mad wood , may extend its efﬁcacy to th e particular wood w i s e e e hich touch d , and ther by act as a saf

s guard again t imaginary evil inﬂuences . 2 A n A e e 9 . rm nian prov rb says : I f lov e does n ot e e e e e e com naturally it will n v r com , v n if ou y drag it with golden chains . L 0 . e e be 3 ov , spontan ous and mutual , should

er s e e e e s e e e e e p v r d in and ch ri h d, v n if ov rtak n

s : e be by irritating oppo ition , for Should a ros ? despi s ed b ecau s e it has thorns T hi s proverb

i s e e e e e on e h i s brought in , with xc ll nt ff ct , in of

s e S er Vr a l L e n characteri tic pics , iny ( ov Erri g),

1 6 2 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

z e m e r 36 . When a la y p rson asks for on y o e to for h e food , without end avouring work it , is told : I f t h e cam el needs thistl e let him stretch

r i t his neck fo . H e e e on e 37 . parad s about , mount d a cam l , f “ e . e e e , with b nt body (I n f ctual att mpt at hiding . ) Compare th e proverbial saying about th e OS e th e trich , which buri s its head in sand with its body expos ed and b elieving itself safe from

hunters . T h e : A e 38 . axiomatic saying visibl village ee e n ds no indication , has for its equival nt in French : On n e cker cke p oi n t d g r ou t/er la

T e i S ‘ n o e f r lu m ier e. ( h er nec ssity o proving the existence of light . ) T e u e 39 . hat a dishon st nd rtaking will , sooner or e e em h a later, me t with disast r, is strikingly p si z ed i n the saying : A n ill - balanced load will n ot n reach its d estinatio .

T o et u t e th e et 40 . g o from und r rain and g e th e e h a s und r wat rspout, is a saying which its

equival ents in many other languages .

1 . A e 4 man who , having don an insigniﬁcant e e e e e e s rvic to som on , mak s it a constant pret xt for demanding I mpossibl e favours comes under ’ h th e t e proverb : H e has b ecome Jew s tooth .

A story attached to this relates that an Eastern . Jew and a Christian coming to blows over an A r men ia n P r ooer és I 63 e r t h e ew h e to xorbitant t ansaction , J found had

e e e . T s h e r tir , minus a tooth in his low r jaw hi carefully preserved in an invisibl e pocket in h i s

T e e e th e s e e veri e . t b lt h r aft r, Chri tian b cam a ’ e th e e s e e e e abl martyr to J w d mands , for wh n v r e e e e e th e be e thes w r r fus d , tooth would h ld up

‘ to vi ew and dire reprisals in a Court of J ustic e threatened . 2 A ' e th e 4 . stupid bargain is d noted by I f w blind did not go to market, all things in it ould b ecome putrid . T h alia ti a n tz e e 43. , m ntion d above , says , in another of his poems : F or th e thoughts of m en e th e e e valu not gift, but rath r the mann r in which th e L it i s received . Compare English : ook not e T h e e a gift hors i n the mouth . m aning and intention of th e following proverbs . a re s elf evident (explanatory notes a re a pp en ded' wh en not so) . H e e e th e e 44 . got mix d up with th m in sam

e A , h e e s . t e wat r ( man of low r clas s , who fatu ou slythinks that difference in rank is obliterated because of an accidental contact with m en of th e e e high r class s . ) H 45 . e h a s h i s on e hand in fat and th e other

- T e . in honey . ( mporary good luck )

6 - . s e wh o 4 I t i . the lam man invariably comes i n c n ct ' it t e e o ta w h h ston . 1 64 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

A d 4 7 . mangy goat rinks water always right

from th e middle of the spring . 8 e of 4 . What a blind man n eds is a pair

eyes . T h e 49 . e bride n xt door is always more

b eautiful . e th e cow e e to th 5 0 . When onc is f ll d e ground e th ere are many at hand with th ir knives .

1 e e 5 . Whatev r tune th y play , so will we

dance. 2 A ee n o e n or 5 . straight talk n ds r ply, does

a crooked on e. ’ T O s t h e e e on th e 5 3. atisfy mother s app tit ,

pretext that th e child is hungry . T h e r ed 5 4 . river does not always bring a

apple . T h e m a n 5 5 . who digs a pit oftentimes falls i nto it himself. 6 H e e e e 5 . is always in evidenc , lik a brok n

spoon . for th e 5 7 . Broth made from cheap meat is ﬁt

dog . 8 n 5 . Music from a dista ce is always sooth ing . h . O n e th e t e 5 9 curse for good , two for bad

(so says a man disappointed i n life) . e " 6 0 . A black donkey with a crimson crupp r 1 T e 6 . o e th e o n th e ﬁre e plac frying pan , b for

1 66 Tke L a n dqf A r a r a t

e A : th e e e e e his b ard . ( dilemma When ld r m mb r ofa family is asked to decide in a quarrel between tw f o o his nearest relations .)

e - 74 . H e has become an inﬂat d goat skin and ’ m a de another person its mouth . (Screening on e s self behind another to escape blame") ' u r e e e e e 7 5 . O donk y has scap d and aten th ir

~ e e e e barley . (Said in d rision , wh n a v ry r mote relation endeavours t o e s tabli sh close relation

ship . ) 6 I t ’ 7 . We have been so long in dying hat an t m h A invitation comes o us fro t e cem etery . ( p pl ied when a n inexperienced p er son ' attemp ts to e teach other peopl their business . ) ‘ K th 7 7 . eep e light in your homestead always

T o f - o r burning . ( ake care to day and t mo row

e of e l . will tak care its lf, says the E ng ish p roverb ) ‘ h . T e 7 8 T h e knife has reached the bone . ( extrem e case of unjust treatment of an innocent

person . ) W b e ‘ n ‘ s 7 9 . ater will com e s t ag n a t if it remain for T h e standing in the same place long . posi

of s h avi n ‘ b een tion a gue t who , g invited to spend th e - en d e e for week , mak s hims lf at home an e uncomfortably prolonged period , and ther by e renders himself unw lcome . )

- ‘ 80 . H e who counts will be carried away by

’ r eoi s 'c tes the wolf. Compare the French : B omp , A r men i a n P r overés 1 67

le lou e les ma n e p g . (I f you count your s heep th e

. ea t e wolf will th m . )

1 l f 8 . b o dr H is od a ws . Compare th e French -B on sa n n e en t g m t m en i r . (Good blood cannot di e. ) ’ 8 2 H e . has rubbed th e oth er s head with t Me . e . reacle ( aning , to ch at )

8 . T h e e e 3 fox will brag wh n und r cover only . 8 O u r . b . A n 4 broths will not ear mixing . i " h on es t . ma n can rn ever g et o n with a dishonest

on e.

. e i s ed e e 5 I f the h art inclin , th r will be fat ti n th e jar . (Where there is a will there i s a way of e o h lping thers . ) 86 T h . e donkey is t h e same donkey ; it is f on l its ac k- y i p saddle which is changed . (Persons

ofzm odera te or low d e of i e e egre ntellig nc who ,

e e s e . be having amass d a fortun , imulat what is on d th ei r n a e e do n ot y tural aptitude , g n rally s t ucceed , especially if wanting in act as well . )

8 7 . A certain fable h as it that a domesticated

-wolfzh avi n b ecom e t h e e g . ill , a chapter from Bibl

was b eing read by some simpl e folk over . i ts

. . wh en obs er vi n a of s e s head , , g ﬂock he p pas ing

~ - = . di s ta n ce i ts a ro en s iti es to in the , natur l p p attack th e ﬂock supervened and i t b eca me u n con trol

z a e e th :. Th e e bl . H nce e proverb Bibl was being ’ r ad » o th s h a w e ver e wolf e d , hen it exclaimed , 1 6 8 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

H urry up or I shall miss the ﬂock . Meta ph or i e th e cally , it is appli d to persons habitually in

a re e t o e e wrong, who imp rvious advanc s mad e th e for their redemption . Compar English proverb : A tiger cannot change his stripes nor a leopard its S pots .

a re on ou r 88 . We carrying the world

A ou shoulders ( tlas like), whilst y are riding across it and driving it .

A e e n ot . 89 . snak do s poison water (Evil n e for should ot be r turned good . ) 9 0 T h e ca t should have b een killed th e very

s e T h e e ﬁr t vening . int resting story goes that two e e e on e of e e sisters w r marri d , to a man d t r mination and th e other to on e of opposite on e e calibre. I n case the man was mast r in his th e t h e e e house , whilst in other woman r ign d ’ e A e h . e e t e supr me ft r a y ar s bitter enduranc , husband of th e latter sought from his brother i n - th e e f th e f e e th e S i law caus o dif er nc in tuation . e h O n I t was quit simple e was told . the v ery ﬁrs t evening of their marriage th e man of d eter ’ mination found his wife s favourite cat install ed th e e e ee er on dinn r tabl , a bad habit it had b n p ’ mi tted to acquire during the lady s p re- nuptial H e e h . . e S e e H e days r monstrat d . was obdurat

z th e ca t e ou t sei ed , strangled it , and thr w it of h t e . e e window H ow p rfectly simpl , and what a

A COMP E N D I O U S D E S C R I P T I O N

OF TH E

A RM E N I A N C H U RC H CA L E N DA R FA ST S A N D F E A ST S

i n

F r om a ri c/c a u th or o A r m en i a k oto r a lt 1 8 b H . F . B . L [ p g p , 9 3, y y , f

H I S HOLINESS ME KE RT I C H KH RI ME AN C AT H O L I C O S O F A L L A R M ENIAN S

d th M a 1 8 2 o a d 2 6 th m 1 8 d d 2 9 th Electe s y 9 , c nsecr te Sep te ber 93, ie Oct ober 1 90 7 o u a k o w a s l /a i r i k a m of d a m i f i l zttle a t/zer P p l rly n n , ter en e r ent sign y ng f C H A P T ER I

Th e es r e — old t A m nian National E ra Th e Dionysian or Christian E ra

H E oldest A rm enian National Era for calculating periods of tim e go es back to a

e e e. H a ika S ker cka n v ry arly dat I t is known as , e of th e or Cycl H aik , traditional founder of th e

A e . is e 2 2 B C rm nian nation I t plac d at 49 . . I t is s obviou ly difﬁcult to say , with any degree of e s e T h e . e c rtainty, how thi p riod was ﬁx d his ’ t or ica l date of Haik s rupture with N imrod (known as Baal or B el in A rm enian writings) at Babylon and his s ettlement in South ern A rm enia is given by early A rm enian chroniclers

2 2 B C . e e e as 47 . , and his subs qu nt ov rthrow and

f 2 1 8 B C . T h e e slaying o N imrod as 0 . latt r date corresponds with th e es tablishm ent of t h e ﬁrs t

National Governm ent in A rm enia by Haik . I t e e e e e e may , how v r, be p rmitted to off r a r asonabl of h T h e conj ecture as to th e origin t e Era .

e s o r s e e s of th e O ld S ptuagint , v nty translator T estament (2 7 3 placed t h e Creation at

2 h e 1 6 B . C . e B C . t e 5 4 5 . , and d luge at 3 3 , wh n I 7 3 1 74 Tbc L a n d of A r a r a t

d e ee e N oah was 600 years ol . B tw n the d luge f 6 1 2 B C e o . and 49 2 . . is an int rval 7 years A rmenian traditional history gives three gen era tions after N oah as the i mm ediate progenitors of e : e T H aik , nam ly J aph th , ogarmah , and e e e e e a re Gom r , whos births n xt in d sc nt not

' m entioned ' in th e Bibl e as those from A dam to T h e e e A e e N oah . arli st rmenians , th r fore , pre s u mably struck an ; average (a hypothetical exp edient not uncommon with some Biblical Chronologists of diverse nations) for t h e ages of t h e ee a tri a rch s b etween N thr p oah and Haik , a s th e of e e length human lif went in thos days . b e I f this presumption may allowed , it would e e 2 2 B C th e e account for d t rmining 49 . . as Old st

A e era e of rm nian , coupled with the nam

H aik . I t is prec isely owing to the want of authentic evidence that foreign writers cam e t o style the ” “ ‘ old A . e wh i ch li h t rmenian era as vagu , in g th ey also regard ed th e era of th e anci ent be Egyptians . But it may with equal cogency Claimed for th e A rmenians that th ere is no e e e th e e or anci nt era , ith r among East rn

es e o e on W t rn nati ns , which found d tradition has n ot b een open to doubt , and controversy e e e e t h e wh n subj ct d to critical scr u tiny . E v n

era o f A n n o D omi n i . e , which was promulgat d

1 76 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

T hen there a re oth er supporters of th e Dion

s i a n e th e y th ory, who quote in afﬁrmation e e 2 e proph cy of Dani l (ix , 4 which wh n “ ” paraphrased by th e substitution of year for ” e th e e e week , as giv n in original t xt, predict d that 49 0 years after th e r e- establishment of ’ H ebrew law and religion in J erusalem Messiah s t T h e T f life would come o an end . empl e o Solomon was burnt by N ebu ch a dn a z z a r in ff . h 5 86 B C . and t e J ewish nation carri ed o to e e Babylon as captiv s . Cyrus conqu red Babylon B h e f C . t e e o e in 5 38 . I n s cond y ar the r ign of Darius H ys ta s p es (5 2 1 -48 5 ) th e foundation of t h e n ew T emple was recomm enced under th e over n s h i of e e g p Z rubbabel , and dedicat d in

1 6 . f B C 86 1 6 B . C . 5 . From 5 to 5 is a p eriod o

e e e s e e s venty y ars , during which the J w w r es T e e e captiv in Babylon . h y now , onc mor , r eﬂocked e e e e into th ir ch rish d city, but th ir religion was contaminated by sojourn in a h e e e . z t e for ign land , and ne d d purifying E ra , e e e th e e pri st , and N h miah , pious patriot , shar d th e honour of accompli s hing this obj ect in con

s A e formity with th e anci ent Mo aic laws . rt x erx es I (L o n g im a n u s ) cam e to th e thron e o f e 6 B e i s . C . e e e P rsia in 4 5 S v n y ars aft r , that , in ” 8 B h . C. e e 4 5 , grant d his famous Firman to E zra for th e l egal r e- establi s hme n t of H ebrew Tbe A r m en i a n Ck u r c/i Ca len da r 1 77

religion and complete r es toration of th e city o f

T B . i h l e s e e 8 . C s t e me J ru al m . his dat (45 ) co i w ’ A d enc e ith Dani el s proph ecy . ccording to

L e th e of L e uk (iii , Baptism our ord (wh n

H e was e - e th e e e of tw nty nin , or in thirti th y ar H i s a g e) took place in th e ﬁfteenth y ear of t h e e o f T e s t h e e 6 r ign ib riu , Roman Emp ror (7 7 0 th e of e A D 1 7 9 , from foundation Rom , or . . 4

A D . w . 2 e th e that is , in 9 , aft r hich , as

S s e s e u s s r e ynoptic Go p l t ll , H is mini t ation last d T ee e s e e e . e e thr y ar , and th n cam H is D ath h r

= e 8 2 0 e r s . n otwi th for , 4 5 + 9 + 3 49 y a But

th e r e s th e r s i era a s standing cont ov r y , Ch i t an ,

e s s h a s e s o introduc d by Diony iu , conti nu d and e r 1 1 8 A r e era e e t h e y a 9 m nian , unint rrupt dly, h a s t h e b eing th e 44 1 0 th (2 49 2 1 9 1 8 ) of t h e s A s aid era . I t still app ear annually in rm enian

u s e for almanacs , though its secular and non s e s es ee e cular purpo has long b n discontinu d , having given place to t h e univers al era of our L ord for civil purpos es and to th e ' R efor m ed national era for eccl es iastical and cal endar ial

e T h e e 1 1 8 i s e . 1 6 o f h purpos s . y ar 9 th 3 7 th t e

e era e e A . D . 2 f latt r , which comm nc d in 5 5 . O

s we e s a n thi shall have mor to y later o .

a 1 ” “ 7 , 1 or a 1 1 8 r ea d h as g 7 . P e line 5 , f ye r 9 the “ ” “ 1 6 or h a s r ea d a 1 1 8 , f the ye r 9 .

1 or M i a wor a l r ea d Mi a wor a l 5 , f j y . C H A PT E R I I — T h e Divi sion of th e Solar Year Th e Divi sion of th e Lu nar — — Month Th e Week T h e O rigin of th e Ar m enian Term s for Su r nday and F iday .

M O N GS T th e anci ent A rm enians th e Civil year was divided into twelve equal f of months o thirty days each , which the follow e t h e : N a va sa r d H wor ee S a km ee ing wer names , , ,

Tr e a kwots A r a ts M ekeka n A r e A keka n , Q g , , , y g , ,

M a r er ee M a r a ts a n dH r woti ts e y , g , with an int r th e en d A o eli a ts ofﬁve calary month at ( y ) days , r f T h e e e making in all a yea o 36 5 days . comm nc f th e e or ava s ard e e m ent o y ar , I st N , corr spond d

with th e 1 1 th of A ugust . T his year of 36 5 days of th e e fell short actual tropical y ar by six hours , as understood in their tim es and as evidenced e 6 T di s by th e later J ulian y ar 3 5 3days) . his cr e a n c e s e th e p y was asily obviou to th m , as Observances of th eir religious festivals were shifting in successive years to different periods

e th e e . e e as mark d by s asons Cons qu ntly, for

th e e e e e e e s e r gular r curr nc of th ir f stival , th y

e s e or w institut d a acr d religious year , hich 1 7 8

“ 1 80 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t added a th i rd column (3) s howing th e corr e s p on din g nam es of th e week as i n u s e amongs t th e A e e e e e rm nians at pr s nt , and which w r adopted by th em wh en Christianity was ﬁrst e s A T h e stabli h ed in rmenia . last column (4) th e e e of th e ee shows H br w names w k , from which thos e in column 3) were fashion ed in sub s i i t tu t o n for th e earli er on es of pagan origin .

T h e s column in each cas e start with Sunday .

Mi a sh a ath Eh a d. b . Yom

Y rk h a bath Sh én ee. e u s .

Y h h Sh élesh ee. ereq s aba t .

Ch oreqsh abath Rebiah .

Kh a mé sh ee. H i n gsh abath .

V t h a h Sh i sh ee. e ss ab t .

h b ath Sh a bath . S a .

Students of ~ Malay will recogni z e th e H ebrew w eek - day nam es a s being identical with those u s e th e e in in Malay languag , with local adapta

: H a r i A ka d H a r i S en i a n H a r i S ela sa tions , , , h etc . t e e e of th e s , with xc ption ixth day , which ’ isj ema a t . T h e reason for this is that th e Malay nam es w ere adopted from th e A rabic with th e i nﬂux of Mohammedan A rabs into th e Malay

e : e . e e P ninsula in th ighth c ntury, with whom T/i e A rmen i a n Cku r c/i Ca len da r 1 8 1

’ ema a t e th e e of Skiskee th e e j tak s plac , r st being of cognate origin with th e H ebr ew . My t 1 2 A au hority for columns , , and 3 is nania , of S e e r e A e e hirak , a c l b at d rm nian astronom r and e t h e e e e e math matician of s v nth c ntury, as giv n

h i s A t /z a ba u tkeu i e A th e s n n . . in g , . , stronomy I n H ebrew nam es of th e days of t h e w eek S h a ba th

T r stands for Saturday . h e succeeding days a e

e e e i s d signat d num rically , that , First Day , e th e S cond Day , and so following until Sixth T h e A e e Day . rm nian nam s (column 3) indi e e S e er cat , First aft r Sabbath ( unday) , S cond aft T s x S . e e e ce abbath and so forth h , with two p e ee u s e e th e tions , hav b n in amongst th m from en d t h e r e e of thi d c ntury wh n , ﬁrst amongst th e s of th e r e e e N ation Ea th , th y mbrac d

s a s e e A D Chri tianity th ir National R ligion ( . . 2 9 8)

T h e e e s e a re r st two xc ption just mention d , ﬁ , Mi a s h a ba th (S unday) which very early in th e hi s tory of th eir Chu r ch th ey changed into Ken ' r a ke e th e ee Kv ta mj Kﬁ i og L , aft r Gr k p (from p , ord) , ’ m eaning Lo r d s Day and corresponding to t h e ’ A e Ter u n a ka n t h L e . S econ dl rm nian ( ord s) y, th e ee t h e Gr ks , who also distinguish days o f t h e week with num erical denomination s in place of e e r e th ir anci nt o iginals , in cours of tim e sub stituted P a r a scen e m eaning Pr e T/z e L a n d of A r a r a t

r pa a ti on for th eir Sixth Day (Friday) . I n this e e e action th y wer influ nced , as it would seem , by th e fact that amongst the J ews it was t/ze day of Preparation before th e Sabbath of Pass e or e ov r , as customarily known amongst th m , e e e t h e even i ng of that day . H nc Parasc ve cam e “ ” e th e e e e e to assum s condary m aning, v ning . A rm enians took a similar action at the same T e e th e of h time . h y chang d name t e Sixth Vetsska ba tk U r ba tk de Day , , into which is “ “ ” e th e E r u a th or E r u ba d riv d from Syriac p , and which in that language m eans Ev ening “ ” f e A t and by a finity Pr paration . first, as

th e e th e ee A r amongst J ws , both Gr ks and m en ia n s appli ed their newly adopted names to t h e e e or th e e e v ning day b for H oly Saturday , i e e e e r for . . , Good Friday , d vot d to pr pa ation th e e of Pascha, but in cours time the two words ,

es e e e to e e r p ctiv ly , cam stand for v ry Friday in t h e year.

1 84 Tli e L a n d of A r a r a t

T h f h of th . e e o t e e sunset nam s hours night , e e e indicating varying d gr es Of darkness , wer e similarly styl d . Dawn and dus k were th e twelfth of th e

s e e hour and , con qu ntly , noon and midnight f e e e e th e S o th e . w re ixth hour, r sp ctiv ly Days

" ' and nights were marked into four parts each . e to th e com men c I n r gard the day , four parts , e ee ing with dawn and each mbracing thr hours , e e es e s th e F i r st w r d ignat d , uccessively , as ,

Tki r d S i r tk N i n tk H ori r th e , , and . Similarly,

e F ou r Wa tckes night was divid d into known ,

e e th e F i r s t S econ d Tki r d succ ssiv ly , as , , , and

F ou r tk T h e f e Watch . o ﬁcial day comm nced with th e sunset of t h e previous evening . T hi s i s so even now in connection with Ecclesiastical purposes . F or we ﬁnd that in th e A rm enian

t h e e s for e e: Church principal F stival , xampl th e A t h e A e Christmas , nnunciation , sc nsion , e of th e etc P ntecost , the Exaltation Cross , e th e e e commenc in previous v ning , with a sp ecial s ervice known as N a kka ton a k or P re “ Festival which is th e sam e as th e P roh eor tia of th e ee Gr k Church . I n th e belief that it will n ot b e devoid of i n t eres t we e e th e e den , will now d scrib mark d inci ts th e e of ou r e ee e e e in Suff rings R d m r , as obs rv d in th e A rm enian Church during th e tw enty Tbc A r m en i a n Clz u r c/i Ca len da r 1 8 5

four hours of Good Friday , known in that

A wa U r ba tk e . church as g , or Gr at Friday I t e e th e F i r st Wa tc/z of th e comm nc s at night , f th e T e a s 6 m . o that is , at p . hursday pr vious ,

x i s t h e we now r ec kon t im e. I t hour at which ou r , L ord partook of th e Mystic Supper at th e e e e F east of th e J ewish Passover . I t is pr c d d h f by th e ceremony of th e Wa s hing of. t e F eet o th e e s e t h e Discipl s , which is still Ob rved in A rmenian Church with tim e- honoured stateli

h a e e m e . T e S econ d W tck . n ss comm nc s at 9 p . of r T h S ou present time . e ervic e associated

i s s e th e e e with it , in ol mnity , most impr ssiv in t h e e of th A e i e ntire Ritual e rm n an Passion W e k .

T h e s s f i s T h Church i tripped o t adornm ents . e A A e H igh ltar is draped in black . larg wax

e of ou r L s on candl , symbolic ord , burn high up

th e A r e e e H oly lta with tw lv smaller on s , six o n e S e th e e e e ach id , typifying tw lv Discipl s . T h e Clergy in s able cope and th e Choir in sombre cassock chant th e H y mnal A n tiph on es and th e exqui s itely . beautiful A nth ems com pos ed by th e Catholicos N ers es in th e Middl e A e g s . A fter each of th e six L essons according to th e e ; of th e e e Gosp ls , a pair small r candl s , o n e e e e d e e from ach sid , is xtinguishe and r mov d

t h e e th e es e o f t h e to V stry , symbolic of d rtion e Discipl s . T h e last L es son is read amidst ln 1 8 6 Tke L a n d q r a r a t

e s cr a ing feelings of devotion . I t is n ow t h e f h Tki r d T h e hour o midnight and t e Wa tck .

e e th e e o n e i s S e only r maining candl , larg , il ntly

removed . I t disapp ears behind th e h eavy e th e e of v stry curtain , symbolic of abandonm nt th e f L ord J esus into the hands o th e accusers .

h a T e whol e church is now in complete Ten ebr e. T h e e ee e e e th e cl rgy , in slow d p m asur , inton P ka r g ye B a r tz oon s (Glor i a i n E x cels i s ) and th e T h e choir join in , in subdued heavy chant .

of th e th e S e e glow sparks from winging c ns r , e e be ee round trans pt and nav , is all that can s n ’ th e e th e e e of in solemn darkn ss , and , mind s y t h e e e e e e b li v r, in d vout cont mplation , follows

— n o e e that glow and beyond . T h ere is room h r

f r o th e e . H e e sc ptic stands outsid , drawn away

by forces in explicabl e to human understanding .

T h e F ou r tk Wu teli th e e re , in raw blackn ss p A t e th e th e of . c ding morn , is hour Caiaphas

th e of e First H our Day , when foul darkn ss s e e truggl s in giving plac to dawn , Christ is e ee already before Pontius Pilate. I t tak s thr hours for th e hurri ed T rial and th e toilsom e

e - e or th e proc ssion up Calvary . I n mid for noon ,

T a m of ou r e e es hird H our (9 . . pr s nt time) tak e th e u th e o f ou r plac Cr ciﬁxion . I n words beautiful class ic anth em : ye ku r ba t/i u jka m

er r wor di n bewer etsa r Ta i r e Kka c/ceen O n y , y

' 1 88 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

si n e th e e s h ow e By that f ll ang l ; can man th n , Th e e of h i s er e to wi n P ' imag Mak , hop by it

' T h e N inth H our is passed ; it is dusk ; t h e Saviour is laid in H is T omb ; Great Friday closes . C H A PT E R I V

Th e O rigin of th e Ar m enian [fag /l a n d (N ew Year) a n d of k —T h s w th e r e Z a ti (Easter) . e A sociation bet een A m nian G a r n A studz ou (Lamb of G od) and th e Paschal Lamb — T h e H ebrewLu nar Month Th e Easter and th e Qu a r to de i ma n c s .

H E word Ca len da r is of L atin derivation . I n A rm enian we have Kag ka n d a s it s e A h A th e . s t e e e quival nt mong t nci nt Romans , b eginning of each month or th e N ew Moon was

e ca len da e ca la r e . r s u call d , from to call Var o p poses its origin to hav e b een th e calling t o gether of th e p eopl e on th e ﬁrs t o f each month to announc e th e birth of t h e N ew Moon and h s th e m th e days of t e festival in coming onth .

' Oth er ﬁx ed points which m a r kedt h e different period s of th e month w ere known a s [des and N th e on es . s e e I n cour of tim , public proclama tion of th e Cal ends gave place to formulated ta es th e e s bl , giving afor said information and regulating c ertain civil requirem ents in t h e

s e s Ca lenda r i u m tran action of busin s known as , hence Cal endar and its A rmenian d eri vative K a ka n d. We ou t g must p oint , however , that 1 89 1 9 0 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t th e e of th e th e A e usag word , amongst rm nians , is conﬁned to th e I st of J anuary or th e N ew e e e e ee Y ar, wh n it is customary to xchang gr t h n d F or ings on th e Kag a or N ew Calends . th e determination of the events and dates in th e A e e e es we e th e Or a t rm nian Eph m rid , hav s u its e or A th e Ton a t (Day Dir ctory lmanac) , s u i ts e e or e (F ast Dir ctory Church Cal ndar , and known in th e Greek Church as Typikon

h a m and t e P a r z to a r (S i mp lex Ca len da r i u m ) . T h e formation of Cal endars becam e a meces s it e th e u y wh n Church was still yo ng , owing to t T r h e moveabl e date of Easter . abl es were e e th e e e of e quir d for knowing xact dat East r , e e e e th e e e e ach y ar , tog th r with Mov abl F asts of which the dates oscillated forwards or back e e e wards , according to Easter b ing arly or lat . We have no record of the observance of this e A e e e m en F ast in postolic tim s , nor is th r any

e e bu t Res u rr ec tion of th m in th ir writings , the th e of e tion , as most important Church F stivals , was already b eing obs erved in th e Church es of

A e th e e co - i n sia as arly as i n s cond century , ciden t th e e e e of t h e s with H br w F ast Pa sover . T his is evidenc ed by th e Patristic writings of th e e e s e of of p riod , nam ly , tho Polycarp Smyrna ,

. e e e o f St I r na us , M lito Sardis and H ippolytus .

A th e A e S oor b H a r u t/ceu n mongst rm nians ,

1 9 2 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

etymological as s ociation with th e H ebrew word

P a ss eck e e s a s , which in that languag m an to f s ov r e . I t is well known that t h e J ewish F east o f

th e e of e e a s Passov r is v ry anci nt origin and , s o f e e e mo t my r ad rs must know , is in m mory o f th e Exodus of th e J ews from Egypt in th e S i x t een B th c entury b efore Christ . iblical read ers will rem ember that th e night previou s to t h e Exodus th e des troying A ngel put to death th e

ﬁr s t - o f th e th e born Egyptians , but habitations of t h e H ebrews being marked with th e Blood

‘ o f th e L e e e e e s e amb , kill d that v ning , w r par d .

wa s e e e e P a ss Over I t , th r for , a Provid ntial . I n Greek it is known as Pascha (H a o x a ) as a lso L A P is cka A e in atin , in ramaic as and in rm n

t h e e s o f ian as Z a tik . During ﬁrst four c nturi e

t h e s w s th e A e Chri tian E ra , hil t rm nians had

e of e own th e ee e no alphab t th ir , Gr k languag was in vogu e in th e L iturgy of th e A rm enian A e th e i n Church in rm nia Major , and Syriac A rm enia Minor and in th e A rm enian Dioc es e Of 6 h e A e e . 0 t e N orth rn M sopotamia I n 4 , rm nian alphab et wa s invented From that m emorable date till past t h e middl e o f t h e ﬁfth c entury was th e Go lden Era o f A rm enian M s rovb th L e e . e e it ratur , during which St , with

8 to . 0 help of St. Sahak (Catholicos from 3 7 44 )

‘ e e e th e e i A e r nd r d H oly Bibl nto rm nian , which Tke A r men i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r 1 9 3 foreign commentators have ju s tly described a s “ ” th e Qu een of T ranslations . I n this t ra n sla s e e P a scka th e tion , in choo ing an quival nt for ,

s s e t h e A e Z a tik tran lator us d rm nian word , which bei n g already in u s e among th em on th e of e e e s we ground anoth r and arli r as ociation , e e e e we e ﬁnd , with a r markabl coincid nc , it ans r d its purpos e from a philological standpoint as

e T h e th e A e Z a tik i s w ll . root of rm nian word “ Z a t e e e s ex , which us d as a pr position m an ” “ ” s e A S e i s Z a t el d e . e c pt , av a v rb , it y to

T h ' e e ou t s e e. e s i k tach , l av , parat ufﬁx , , amongst i ts oth er us ages in th e A rm enian language de — e F or notes agency attributiv ly . exampl e

M a r t e s wa r M a r tik e w m an ; m ans arrior, and Z a tik e s s e we e e e e so m an tho who r d tach d , l ft r s e b e of over o pa sed ov r . I t may interest to ’ m ention that according to Bruder s Concord e of t h e e e th e anc Gre k Bibl , word Pascha i s m entioned twenty- six tim es in th e N ew T e e e e estam nt, nam ly , in Matth w four tim s ; in

ﬁve e L e s e e e Mark tim s ; in uk v n tim s , and in ten e a re e e e th e John tim s , all of which r nd r d in v h A Engli s h version a s P a sso er . I n t e rm enian

e th e Z a ti k e v rsion , word app ars throughout

e s L e Z a tik Matth w , Mark , and J ohn , whil t in uk

e s e P a seka e P a ssec/z ﬁve app ar onc , onc , and i es ee e fe e e e t m . I f l unabl to of r a r liabl r ason 0 1 94 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

r f u fo the latter dif erentiation , nless it was with

of e e e e th e Object p rp tuating the quival nts , as

e e th e e e . us d by oth r nations , for b neﬁt of stud nts

O r P a sseck e e again , inasmuch as is giv n prec d e of e ou t of enc in point numb r, was it compli t h e A e s m ent to Syrian rm nian in North Syria , e e A L e e i n whos chi f city , ntioch , uk wrot his Gos pel in th e Syriac language ? T h e symbolic parallel b etween the A rm enian T d . e h e L of G o Ga r n A stu dz ou i . , , amb , which is h eld in prominent v en eration in th e A rm enian e e e e e Church , as r pr s nting triumph ov r d ath , and th e Paschal L amb sacriﬁced in commemora th e fe e tion Of J ewish Ritual , of rs , I think , littl e ground to xpatiate upon i n special , beyond a e e e e r f r nc . T h e H ebrew Eccl esiastical Year commenced with th e Spring Equinox . I t consi s ted of 1 2 o f 0 2 e e e lunar months 3 and 9 days ach , alt rnat ly ,

r o f T o a lunar y ear 354 days . his b eing short o f t h e e 1 1 e e solar y ar by about days , th y int r ca la t ed every third o r fourth year a thirteenth

V e- A of 2 e month ( dar) 9 days , by way of quation e ee th e e T e b tw n solar and lunar y ars . h ir ﬁrst

N i sa n th e e e of t h e month is , and on occurr nc th e 1 of t h e Full Moon on 4th this month , e e er i s e e e e e H br w Passov c l brat d , v n to this d w ay, ithout any variation .

1 9 6 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

e T o more particularly with the R surrection . th e of th e e e e wards end s cond c ntury, how ver , t h e feeling predominated i n th e Churches o f Rom e and Al exandria that th e n ear coincidenc e of th e H ebrew Passov er and th e Christian be Pascha should maintai ned , but that the observance of th e Resurrection or E aster Day be e of should accord d a character its own , inde f pendent o any association with th e H ebrew ; s e f t h e e . A o e . F ast a matt r fact, real r ason for taking this step was t o avoi d a conjunction e e th e two e e e e e b tw en c l brations wh n ver possibl , i n order to emphasi z e the divergence b etween A th e e . two r ligions ccordingly , i n these two h e th e n ea r est S u n da th e Churc s , y following

a s T h Paschal Full Moon w d etermin ed . e

e e e e or e of e East rn Church s , how v r, som th m , e th e e of continu d , down to , ﬁrst . quart r the

e to th e e e . fourth c ntury , adhere to pr val nt practice of commencing t h e F estival on th e 1 of th e e e of 4th day H br w month N isan , with e on e e of th e East r Day the third day , irr sp ctive

th on T e e day of e w eek which it fell . his gav ris to bitter controversy b etween th e adherents of th e fe e th e of c two dif r nt practices , followers su h of th e Eastern Churches who adh ered to t h e 1 4th N isan b eing contemptuously styled by th eir fellow - Chri s tian brethren of th e W estern Tbe A r m en i a n Ck u r c/c Ca len da r 1 9 7

Church es as Qu a r todeci ma n s (Latin for Fou r T h e reas on why th e Easter n Chu r ch es pers i s ted in adh ering to th eir accus tom ed p ra c tice wa s that it had b een handed down to th em h A from t h e time of t e po s tl es . Did t h e A r m enians wait until th e deci s ion o f th e o f e e s e e Council N ica a , or did th y om tim before that actually adopt Sunday for t h e c el e ? bration of Eas ter We app ear to have no direct e e e b e s e vid nc which can of po itiv guidanc e to us . Mos t chroniclers a r e too apt to allow th em s elves to b e led to th e doubtful conclu s ion that all tho s e

e e s e a s u a r todeci m a n s e r e who w r tyl d Q mb ac d ,

e e th e e o f t h e for an qual p riod , follow rs all Chu r ch es ”which com e under t h e gen eral term

w a s t h r s Ci rcu m s ta n kno n e Eas te n Church e . tia ll we e e r e e e e y, hav som cont ibutiv vid nc from which we may draw an. inference i n regard to th e

A r e . s e s . m nian Church Eu biu H ist V ,

s e t h e en d of t h e s e xxiii) , p aking of econd c ntury A e e A . D . 1 0 e e (or mor n arly about 9 , wh n l xandria e e e on t h e and Rom d cid d adoption of Sunday , e e e th e es e as alr ady m ntion d) , says that dioc s of h i th f th all A s ia adhered to t e 4 day o e Moon . H ere we hav e certain grounds for acc epting th e A rmenians as included i n that category up to

e. A e e e that tim ft r that, how v r, according to ” O e Ph ilos o h u m en a e rig n p , V I I I , xviii) th re 1 9 8 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

were very few of th em . T hen we have e wh o e o f th e e E us bius again , , sp aking p riod “ A D P s h a D . 2 h . e e a c te t e 3 5 , t lls us i n his that di s pute th en lay b etw een th e follow ers of th e Churches of Syria and M esopotamia on on e

f th n S ide and th e rest o e world o the oth er . T his deﬁnite statem ent l eads us to th e p r es u mp tion that t h e A rm enian Church had dropp ed th e “ ” practice of th e Fourteenth som e tim e b efore A e that . We would suggest that t h e rm nians adopted th e Sunday u s age not long after th e

A e e er e es l xandrians did , for th y w in corr pond ence with th em and w ere guided by th em (vide

e 2 2 o f e e a s Ch . viii , pag 5 , this volum ) as arly th e e of th e e t h e middl third c ntury , owing to ’ latter s acc epted priority of knowl edge in this a s well as in s ubj ects of kindred nature amo n gst th e nations of th e world .

C H A PT E R V

T h e u A D 2 —Th Co ncil of Nicaea ( . . 3 5 ) e determination of — S u nday a s a u niver sal day for Easter P ére B er trand — and th e original Text of th e Cou ncil of Nicaea T h e — th ree factors determining Easter T h e reason for ﬁxing 2 1 st r a s th e e r e for th e r u Ma ch Cal nda dat Sp ing Eq inox .

O e th e e e Constantin Gr at, Emp ror of A 6 . D . 0 we owe Byzantium from 3 to 337 , th e conc eption and s ettlem ent of S u n day as th e day for t h e annual celebration Of Easter through

s H e s e ou t out th e whole of Chri tendom . nt invitations to all th e Christian Nation s in th e

e r th e s - th n known wo ld , to Fir t Epoch making O e e th e e cum nical Church Council , for purpos of es tablishing Doctrinal uniformity and s et tling diverse Dogmatic Controversial qu estions .

T s We e o n h ere was a willing re ponse. hav it t h e r of e r e r e co n autho ity Eus bius , a ma kabl

e r e es 1 8 t mpora y Chronicl r, that no l s than 3 H igh h Eccles ias tics ass embled at th e Convocation . T e h h e A e e e A D . 2 t e e e t y ar was . 3 5 and v nu udi nc Hall of th e I mperial Palace at N i ca ea in e e e th e e th e B os Bithynia , n ar wh r wat rs of ph oru s mingle with those of t h e Black S ea . I ts I 99 200 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

e T e e ex mod rn nam e is I snik . h r is still in ist e e u s e s e we nc and in in thi onc famous City , as a re e e ee told by historians and trav ll rs , a Gr k Church of th e tenth c entury s tanding by th e anci ent L ake and s hadowed by th e s urrounding

n e f th lofty mountain s . O an int rior wall o e Church i s old e th e s e Co n an Painting, d picting ol mn e e e clav e. Constantin in r gal pomp and spl ndour

s e e e e H os iu s is at d on his thron , support d by ,

s of s B i hop Cordova , his faithful Emi sary and

z of th e ee T e e a r e th e organi er M ting . h r aged Patriarch L eon ti u s and E us ebius of Caesaria ; A e e A e e l xand r of l xandria and his young D acon ,

A t h a n a s eu s e w e th e S ee , aft r ards his succ ssor in of A e of E u s ta th eu s l xandria ; Marcus Calabria , ofA ntioch and Ma ca r i u s of J erusalem ;A ri s ta kes

f h n f e r h o Major A rmenia (t e s o o St . Gr go y t e h D . 2 8 f t e A . o e I lluminator, found r in 9 N ational

of A e e n ot b e Church rm nia , who hims lf could pres ent owing to advanced Old ag e) with h i s e r Colleagu e of Minor A rm enia . T h n th ere a e all th e Repres entatives from E a s t a n dWes t and from

- all th e Provinces of P ro Consular A sia . M ost of th e old M embers present triumphantly bear evidence of the p ersecution s of t h e Emperor

2 a r Diocletian (A . D . 84 Some e minus an

e r r l e o ea r er s o e . y an , oth minus an arm a g s s th e e A S e Con picuou in pictur is rius , hroud d

2 0 2 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

. 11 e 1 1 s s e e Church vol , pag 7 , ay in r f r “ ence to th e Council of N icaea : A S to th e e o f e th e of A r ckoning East r, B ishop ntioch and his Eastern Coll eagu es consented to conform to t h e u s e of A l exandria and to cel ebrate Eas ter

th e e e e i s i T at sam tim as do oth r Chr t ans . hi s we know to hav e b een Sunday with th e A l ex

a n dr ia n s .

w e e e th e e s r e Whilst riting th s not s , I had pl a u e e e A e of r ading a small Pamphl t , writt n by l x “ e o n T h e e e th e and r Philip , I mprov m nt of ” e e r e e Gr gorian Cal nda , and publish d arly in

1 8 1 . e e e e e 9 I n this Pamphl t th r app ars , in Fr nch , a concise communication made by Pere B ertrand of Silos (Spain) to th e I nternational Congres s L e e 1 1 t h e e of at ieg , h ld in May, 9 4, for R form h t e e . Pé re Cal ndar I n this communication , B ertrand announces that th e long lost minutes

of th e of i ca ea ka ve been ou n d Council N f , and h e actually giv es the translation of two passages r om tbc Tex t th e e on th e f , relating to d cision “ ’ ’ n e S en e Easter qu estion . O p ut assur r aujourd ’ hui qu on a retrouvé la texte du décret concern " a h T e e e a re e e . ant P qu s , says h s two passag s t o t h e e fe f ct that inasmuch as a minority, con of th e e e sisting Eastern Churches , hav a practic t h e e e ee contrary to that in W st , it was d cr d that the minority should unanimously celebrate the Tbe A r m en i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r

Feas t of Easter on th e sam e day a s th e Romans and th e A l exandrians and that th e Representa —“ ti ves of th e E ast agreed to i t les O ri entaux 5 ” T s e s e c c é e . s ra c di sid nts ouscrivir nt d cr t hi , p

ees t h e e e tically , agr with quotation giv n abov

r es e e e e e f om Duch n . U nfortunat ly , how v r, Per B ertrand does not s a y wh ere o r wh en th e actual T ext wa s found ? w th e e we w Not ithstanding abov , kno that s e e r e th e of i ca ea e e con id rably b fo Council N , th r wa s practical ly no divergence in practice in t h e

r s e e th e e e va iou Church s , in r gard to acc pt d Rul e for employing th e Paschal Full Moon and th e period of th e Sp r ing Equinox to b ear upon th e T s i s determination of Easter . hi demon s tra ted by t h e exi s tence o f certain Paschal T e t h e e abl s , dating back to third c ntury, of T h e which we will have occasion to speak later . only disturbing differenc e was t h e observance of th e day of th e lunar month o n o n e part and th e of th A n d s day e week on th e oth er . thi is all that n eed have b een s ettled at th e Council of

e . e e th e e e e Nica a But wh th r ntir Rul , as familiar e of th e to us, was d alt with or only a part it , at s th e e th e aid Council , fact r mains that ﬁxing F estival of Easter as the ﬁrst Sunday which occurs after th e Full Moon following upon th e 2 e ee e e I st March , involv d thr s parat factors , 20 4 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

e th e week e e th e nam ly ; (d t rmining Sunday) , the lu na r m on tk (determining th e Full Moon) and th e tr op i ca l yea r (d etermining th e Ver n al e th e e e Equinox , associat d with i nvariabl dat of

A s w th we 2 1 3 t . e e e March) know , k is not an

e s u b - e of th e or e xact multipl lunar month y ar,

o f n or of which consists 35 4 days , a tropical e s of 6 ee y ar, which consist 3 5 days in thr common years a n d 366 days in ev ery fourth or

L e e . e e e th e fe e e ap y ar B sides, th r is dif r nc , in e e ee th e L T l ngth , b tw n unar and ropical or

A e e for s e Civil years . variabl dat Ea t r i n suc di n h cee e e e t e e . A g y ars was , cons qu ntly, r sult co- e e th e ee s e e ordination b twe n thr factor , th r e e e e e led t h e for , b cam a n c ssity, and this to

of es adoption certain computations , Cycl

T e th e e of th e i n s titu abl s , outcom which was f h o t e e . Church Cal ndars , as known to us

‘ A th e e n o stronomically , V rnal Equinox does 1 1 always happ en on th e 2 I st day of March . fi som etimes varies slightly . But having e e th e that sp cific dat to Equinox , it n ecessary to make it absolute as . an Ca len da r date; th e rea son for which i O wing to fluctuations in L o cal T im e 'a e L e f e e t rrestrial ongitud s , the dif er nc b etween th e orbital "motions o f t h e th e Moon wan d: t h e

C H A P T E R V I

Th e m eaning of N a /za n tc/z (Leap Year) -Th e difference — b etween th e Old and th e N ewStyles Th e M etonic Cycle — of nineteen years Table for ﬁnding th e date of th e u Paschal F ll Moon (0 .

H E ﬁrst consideration which confronted

o u r e A e wa s arly Church lmanac Mak rs , th e establi s hm ent of a correlation between th e T L T h e e ropical and unar years . form r had e ee e e e alr ady b n ﬁx d , with r markably approximat B h . C . e e t e accuracy , in 45 , wh n J ulius Ca sar with e of e e e e A e h lp Sosig n s , an min nt l xandrian h T h e e e t e . e M ath matician , r form d Calendar e or th e Old e J ulian Y ar , Styl as it is otherwise w e e o f 6 . kno n , had a m an l ngth 3 5% days But in order to avoid i nconveni enc e and confusion 6 e e e e on in computations , 3 5 days w r d cid d for three succ essiv e common years and 36 6 days

for th e L e e we e fourth or ap y ar, as know , inst ad

o f employing a p eriod which involved a fraction . I t will b e realiz ed that for th e purpos es of ou r s e we a r e e e e e discour , imm diat ly conc rn d with

s Old S t le s u se thi y , ina much as it is still in

th e A e s amongst rm nians , as also among t the

2 0 6 Tke A r men i a n Ck u r ck Ca len da r 2 0 7

Greeks and Russians and other Eastern and Western smaller Nations wh o b elong to what is th e e O known as East rn rthodox Church . T h e L eap year is known amongs t th e A rm enians as N a ka n tck which rendered literally m eans Re ” t ro r es s i on e L e e th e g , becaus i n a ap y ar , in

A e th e e L e e Ta r e eer rm nian Church , Y ar tt r ( y g ) , e e e e on e L e e for d t rmining East r , mov s back tt r r e th e e e J anua y and F bruary, whilst in W st rn Churches it is th e D omi n i ca l L etter that l eaps “ o n e e e L e e back plac , henc known as ap y ar with th em . T h e J ulian Y ear was i n cours e of tim e found

be e e th e e o f to not quit corr ct , as actual l ngth th e T 8 e 6 . ropical y ar is 3 5 days , 5 hrs , 4 mins . ,

e or 1 1 . 1 1 e . e 49 s cs . , mins , s cs (omitting minut h fractions) l es s than t e J ulian year . Pop e Gregory X I I I reform ed th e Cal endar in 1 5 8 2

th e u e t en by omitting accum lat d days , whilst retaining th e l ength of t h e year p r eci s ely as arranged by J ulius Caesar . O th er Western Nations gradually adopted th e reform ed Cal en “ ” dar known a s t h e Gregorian or N ew S tyl e r e e e e s e e e e In o d r to obviat futur rror , as xp ri nc d th e e th e e e e wa s es e in Julian Syst m , xp di nt r ort d to of eliminati n g three centurial L eap years ou t

e r e e e Of very fou . T his is carri d into ff ct by p eriodical am ended Eas ter T abl es by m eans of 20 8 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

“ what is known as Solar Equation . We would lik e to acknowl edge h ere o u r consciousn ess that to many of ou r read ers som e of th e points di s e a r e e we cuss d alr ady known , but trust it will be reali z ed that th eir introduction has been rendered n ec es sary in ord er to maintain th e connection in t h e gen eral s en s e of t h e subj ect T h e f t h in hand . accumulation o e J ulian error of e e e e e e e a littl mor than leven minut s v ry y ar , amounts to thirteen days in th e present century e e th e A e e and , cons qu ntly , rm nians and oth r Nations who s till adh ere to t h e Old S tyle a r e

e e of i s ' du e » behind by thos numb r days . I t t o t h e e 1 1 8 we th e e this that in y ar 9 , ﬁnd V rnal Equinox o f 2 1 s t March i s mark ed against

8th th e A e A s March in rm nian lmanac , that is , an anticipation of thirteen days before th e actual f advent o Spring . T h e task of establishing a workable relation e ee th e T L e ship b tw n ropical and unar Y ars , b ecam e comparatively easy for th e early Fathers by t h e fact that fortunately it had already b een di s covered by an A th enian A s tronomer of th e h e B . C . t e e ﬁfth c ntury , I t was known as M tonic

e of e ee e e e Cycl nin t n y ars , aft r M ton , its dis B h e e e 2 . C . e t cov r r , who in 43 , prov d that in e of e e e e e e e e cours nin te n y ars th r w r , as th n e e e s e 2 s e acc pt d ; pr ci ly 35 monthly lunation , aft r

2 1 0 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

1 9 1 8 1 1 9 1 7 1 of th e e : 7th Cycl , thus 1 9 1 9

th e 1 e r of th e e Cycl es and 7 th y a last Cycl , whil s t t h e Golden N umb er in th e Western th e 1 th or e of th e e Church is 9 last y ar Cycl , 1 9 1 8 + 1 1 9 1 9 1 0 1 m e e e thus co pl t Cycl s , 1 9 1 9

e e e th e e of th e e. and , th r for last y ar last Cycl T h e Equation of th e M etonic Cycl e i s p r oved

s e A e s 6 in thi mann r . J ulian y ar consi ts of 3 5%

s S L n s day , and a ynodical u ar month con ists of 2 L 1 2 . 2 s ees 9 days , hrs , 44 mins . , 5 3 , and a unar

e 8 8 0 s ec . y ar 35 4 days , hrs . , 4 mins . , 3 B y Synodical i s m eant from on e conjunction o f th e t h e th e or o n e Moon with Sun to next , from

N ew n Moon to th e n ext . O comparison it is 1 e 6 e 6 s found that 9 tim s 3 5 1} days quals 9 39 day , 8 1 . 2 of 2 hrs , and 35 monthly lunations 9 days , 1 2 6 . 2 e . e hrs , 44 mins . , 5 3 s cs quals 9 39 days ,

1 6 . 2 T h e e e e 2 8 e . e hrs , 3 mins . , s cs latt r, th r for ,

1 e of 1 was short by nearly 3 hrs . i n the Cycl 9 e y ars . T f e e of e 1 his dif er nc n arly % hours , though s e mall i n its lf, amounts to a whole day In about e 8 ' e very 30 years . I t can thus be s en that between th e year of th e Council of N i ca ea

t h e e 1 1 8 1 1 8 — 2 : 1 e rs and y ar 9 ( 9 3 5 5 9 3 y a ) , there is an aggregate recession of t h e N ew o r Tbe A r m en i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r 2 1 1

e e . e Full Moon , of a littl ov r 5 days I n oth r w s th e e e th e Old ord , Cal ndar Full Moon , und r Styl e do es not happen till 5 days after th e real T i s w th e ee Full Moon . his kno n in Gr k Church h f th e a s e s . h a s t e e e pro mpto is I t f ct , both in ee A e e e e Gr k and rm nian Church s , of c l brating Easter n ot b etween th e 1 4th (Full Moon) and th e of th e a s b e Moon , it should , but on a h w th e e S unday in t e following eek . I n Gr gorian

e e e e wa s e t R form d Cal ndar , notic tak n of his

s e e s e e e di cr pancy and m an w r adopt d , by what

i s a s th e L known unar Equation , of obviating F r h we e e s . o t e e s e futur rror r a on just giv n , no ti c e i n th e A rm enian Church A lmanacs for

1 1 8 th e e 9 , that although Paschal Full Moon f ll on T hursday 1 2 th A pril which is nearly e w th e A s e e corr ct ith tronomical Moon , and th r fore byrights E aster s hould have fall en on th e ee t h e i t h A succ ding Sunday , 5 pril we

wa s s o . e o n th e A ﬁnd that not Furth r in lmanac ,

e e we e e e 1 how v r , ﬁnd mark d und r dat 7th A pril ” th e Old e Full Moon according to Styl , and E as ter was obs erved on th e following Sun th e z 2 u d A or th day , pril 5 May I n th e adj ustm ent of th e M etonic Cycl e to e th e e e our Church Cal ndar , by arly Fath rs , it was ob s erved that a s arranged by M eton there were (i 9 x 1 2 ) 2 2 8 L u n ar months of alternate 2 1 2 Tbc L a n d of A r a r a t

0 2 lu s 3 and 9 days days , ﬁ 7 E mbolismic or I ns erted months (6 of 30 days and 1 o f 2 9 2 0 th e e of th e days 9 days) , combin d total

2 m s 35 onth making days , but as it was known that 1 9 J ulian years (1 9 x 36 came to 393days there wa s a s hortage i n t h e L unar e 3 T i 4 . e e P r od of 3: days his was corr ct d by adding e of th e L e e th e e a day to ach ap y ars in Cycl , of which th e m ea n adjustm ent equali z ed th e two e T P riods precisely . his arrangement was indeed e th e A T e adopt d in rmenian Church . abl s in this resp ect may b e s een in som e o f the A rm enian of th e N ew Books Common Prayer , by which Moon during any p eriod of 1 2 months can b e e e e known at a glanc , corr sponding as n ar as s e th e e e e u s e pos ibl to r al moon . But h r its ” h Old e e . e e e t e nds For d t rmining East r , Styl e re Paschal Full Moon is employed . For asy e e e we e e e e th e 1 e e f r nc , r produc h r 9 succ ssiv annual Epacts (of which we shall s peak p r e s en tly) i n u s e in th e A rm enian Church and th e ” dates of th e Paschal or S enior (A wag ) Full e A e A on M oon , as styl d in rm nian lmanacs ,

e e e e th e Old S t le. which East r d p nds , und r y

Epa ct 2 I 3 24 5 1 6 2 7 8 1 9 30 1 1 Vyer a dcer )

M . 2 . 1 A . u o M 0 . 1 8 . o . 1 A . 2 2 2 . 1 M . 0 F ll M n A 3 . A 3 A A 7 7 A 5 4

Ep a ct 2 2 3 1 4 2 5 6 1 7 2 8 9 2 1 (Vyer adeer )

M. 2 u M . 2 1 M . 2 . 1 . 6 oo 1 2 . 1 M . 2 F ll M n 4 A . A A . 9 9 A 7 A 5

C H A P T E R V I I

’ Explanation of th e Vyer a a eer (Epact) - Table showing th e re e wee e u er — es lation b t n Gold n N mb and Epact Exampl , showing h ow to ﬁnd th e age of th e M oon d u ring any — month in any year Th e limits of th e Paschal N ewand

Full M oons .

H E quantity known “ as Epact (from th e Greek word ep a ctos ) is a direct corollary

f h e of o t e Golden Numb er . I ts inv ntion was e e e e e t o th e gr at importanc , sp cially i n r gard

e of th e e e e e e Cal ndar W st rn Church s wh r , in e e e t h e u s e of c rtain r spects , it has supplant d th e Golden N umber since t h e introduction of th e e th e Gregorian R form . I t is known in e r A rm enian Church as Vy r a dee . E tymologic i t th e e e th e ee ally , has sam m aning as Gr k

e a ctos e on or . e p , nam ly , brought added I t m ans th e a e of th e on or g Moon I st January , , which i s th e e t h e e e e e e th e sam thing , diff r nc b twe n e of th e T L l ngths ropical and unar years which , we 1 1 e e e as know, is nearly days v ry y ar, and which in a Cycle of 1 9 years has to b e added o n (1 1 x 1 9 : 2 09 days) to make it equal with t h w h e e T ropical year . T hi s will n o elucidate t Tbe A r men i a n C/zu r ck Ca len da r 2 1 5 meaning of th e seven E mbolismic or ins erted months m entioned in th e immediately foregoing T h e i s e ﬁnd ou t th e a e Chapter . Epact us d to g of th e Moon on any day of th e month in a given th e of of e of y ear . When I st January a Cycl 1 9 years coincides with t h e ﬁrs t day of a N ew

ws th e en d of t h e e r th e Moon , it follo that at y a Epact i s 1 1 ; at th e en d o f th e Second year it is

2 2 th e en d of th e t h e ; at third year , 33 ; but as Moon cannot be as old as 33 days we deduct 30 and l eav e 3 as th e Epact at th e en d of th e third year ; at th e en d of th e fourth year it will

b e 1 s o th e en d th e e e 4 , and on till of Cycl , wh n t h e ﬁrs t y ear of th e n ext Cycl e again comm ences 1 A t h e Old S e a s u s e 1 . with ccording to tyl , in

t h e A r e t h e 2 i n m nian Church , Epact was , at th e e e e th e s e of 1 e r s comm nc m nt of ﬁr t Cycl 9 y a , hence we have th e following eas y T able show ing th e corres pondi n g r elation b etw een th e two

quantiti es .

Go lden Number I II III IV V V I VII VIII IX X Epa ct 2 1 3 2 4 5 1 6 2 7 8 1 9 30 1 1

G olden N um ber XI XII XIII XIV XV XVI XVII XVIII XIX Epa ct 2 2 3 1 4 2 5 6 1 7 2 8 9 2 1

I t will b e noticed that th e addition for t h e las t yea r of th e Cycle (X I X) i s 1 2 instead of 1 1 9 + Th e reason i s that fo r math e 2 I 6 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

m a tica l accuracy it was necessary to keep i n line with th e l ength of th e Cal endar M oon for 30

of 0 e e 2 1 0 days , 7 months 3 days b ing qual to T o th e A e days . find what rm nian Epact is t h e e 1 1 8 we th e e for y ar 9 , first find what Gold n

e for th e . T we e N umb r is year his, as alr ady 1 9 1 8 I

1 . L e know , is 7 ooking into the abov 9 T e for t h e e e 1 we abl Gold n N umb r 7 (XV I I ), 2 8 h e e e t 1 1 8 . ﬁnd und rn ath it , as Epact for 9

th e s e e e e b e I n am mann r, both th s factors can

found for any other year required . th e th e e 1 1 8 we Knowing Epact for y ar 9 , can

th e a e of th e e a s ﬁnd g Moon during that y ar ,

We ee e . required . subjoin thr Exampl s

1 th e N ew A 1 1 8 ( ) Find Moon for pril , 9 A ddto th e Epact th e number of months elapsed e th e e 0 e and d duct r sult from 3 , and if mor than

60 T 2 8 e of 0 . + 3 , from hus , (Epact) 3 (numb r e e 1 e e 6 0 months laps d) 3 , which d duct d from 2 T e e e th e e e N ew l eaves 9 . h r for r quir d Moon

s 2 th A e t h e fall on 9 pril . I n som of older A e e e T e e rmenian Br viari s , th re are abl s giv n for th e 6 of th e e 3 5 days y ar, in which , taking th e of th e e th e e of th e N ew Epact y ar , dat Moon placed i n a lin e with it can be seen at a e th e e e o f glanc , but abov is an asy way ﬁnding T s it without reference to th e abl e .

2 1 8 Tke L a n dof A r a r a t

e e of th e T e ﬁnding it, that is , ind pend ntly abl e e e e e e e we e giv n pr viously ls wh r , wh n sp ak of

h cu e t t e factor known as Con r r n . th e a e of th e on (3) Find g Moon , any day in on 2 th 1 1 8 : Add th e any month , say 5 May , 9 to given date the Epact for th e year and th e e of e e th e e numb r months laps d , and r sult will be th e s e of th e de ir d age Moon . I f th e com b i n ed e 0 we th e total is mor than 3 , deduct e th e e t h e latt r from total and tak remainder . T hus in th e Exampl e given we have 2 5 2 8 4

: 2 T ef e n 2 h e 0 . e o th t e 5 7 , l ss 3 7 h r or 5 May 2 ld T h e Moon is 7 days o . reason why we a dd t h e e of e e e e e numb r months laps d , in ach of th s e we e th e e E xampl s , is that as progr ss i n cours of e th e s e a tropical y ar , Moon fall b hind a day

e e e e s h e 1 1 s ev ry month , and by D c mb r is day behind . I n view of th e invariabl e Rul e by which Easter

i s e e th e e Sunday r gulat d , it follows that earli st

s N ew b e e e 8th Pa chal Moon cannot b for March , e e we N ew of b caus should take a Moon , say th th e M 7 March , following Full oon will occur on 2 oth e e e th e M arch , which b ing b for Spring z l be E quinox ( s t March) it would too early . I n th e same way th e lates t Pashal N ew M oon b e e th A e e we cannot aft r 5 pril , b caus , should e of 6 A t h e ee u l tak that say th pril , succ ding F l Tbe A r men i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r 2 1 9

e th e 1 th th e e Moon will happ n on 9 , and long st p eriod after that (a week) will giv e 2 6th A pril e b e for East r, which would wrong, as , accord t h e e e l on of th e ing to Rul s , East r may fa l any 35 days between 2 2 n d March a n d 2 5 th April

e. only , both days inclusiv C H A P T E R V I I I — Th e Su nday Letter (Yotkn i erya k) I ts application a s com — pared with Western Chur ches Th e Sola r Cycle of — twenty- eight years Table and m ethod for ﬁnding th e — S u nday Letter Early fri endly Comm u nion between th e u r es of r e r Ch ch A m nia and Alexand ia .

A V I N G obtained a workable relationship b etw een t h e T ropical Year and th e L unar month by m eans of t h e Golden N umbers and

T e e e e s e Epacts , abl s w r asily con truct d showing th e days of t h e months on which th e various days o f th e M oon fall in t h e course of a cycl e of 1 e e e ee 9 y ars , with corresponding p rf ct agr ment i n th e order of every succeeding such cycle. A e e T e e e ccurat Cal ndar abl s in this r sp ct , both e e e e e b e ee cond ns d and xt nd d , may s n in f A rm enian Books o Common Prayer . But th ese a ll e e T e e did not answer r quirem nts . h r was a third and most important el ement which had

et b e th e da s o y to brought in , and that was y f e k F or th e or tke w e . this purpose Sunday L th e e Dominical etter was invented . I n arly days of th e A rmenian Church this was known as S ka ba t/i ag eer (Week L etter) and Ki r a kag eer L e er e e be (Sunday tt ) , but lat r on it cam to

2 2 0

2 2 2 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

S u n da s i n e e ee e e ing y ach y ar succ d ach oth r ,

e n a tu r a l e . e e annually , in th ir ord r For xampl , w th e A e t h e 1 1 8 ith rm nians , year 9 had M on

i ts L e e day for I st J anuary with G for tt r ,

T e e es T u sday had F , W dn day E , hursday D , T S A . e e e Friday C , Saturday B , unday h r for A (Ayi b) is t h e Sunday L etter f or all th e S u n

s t h e 1 th e e e day during year 9 1 8 . I n W st rn

e th e s e e r e Church s Sy t m , in both cas s , is p cis l th e h s e y opposite t o t e A rm enian ystem . We venture to think that th e advantage res ts th e e e e b e with latt r, as th r is much to said in favour o f the seven recurring Sunday L etters

e e e n a tu r a l e following ach oth r in th ir ord r ,

1 1 8 A 1 1 1 2 0 L e e thus 9 , ; 9 9 , B ; 9 ( ap y ar) ,

1 2 1 etc . C , D ; 9 , E , T e e a re 6 e h r 3 5 days in a common y ar, and ,

e e e 2 on e e th r for , 5 weeks and day ov r, whilst in a L eap year there a re 5 2 weeks and two days

e : n e over . Comm ncing with G in a commo y ar a n d of which I st January occurs on a Sunday , employing th e rest of th e seven L etters retro

res s ivel we e u e e e e g y, ﬁnd ev ry S nday is r pr s nt d th e l s t o f e e e o by G , so that 3 day D c mb r is als d th e e I s t a Sun ay (G) . I n following y ar J anuary l M on da we en e wil fall on a y, and again comm c th e L e e or tka t da a n d ere with G , as tt r f y, , th h L T h r A a s t e e . e fore , ett r for Sundays thi d Tke A r men i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r 2 2 3

f r L e e s o year will have B o Sunday tt r , and th e T e w s s s e following . I f ropical y ar al ay con i t d

6 s s w e e on e of 3 5 day , thi for ard mov m nt of L e e w l e ee s e to tt r, annually , ou d hav b n ufﬁci nt

e s e e e res tore G to a Sunday ev ry v n y ars , but we know that there is a L eaf y ear onc e every

e s e th e e L e e s e r four y ar , wh n h bdomadal tt r r t o gr ade on e furth er step on th e i n t erca ler y day of

2 th e s e e th e S 9 F bruary, and , con qu ntly, unday

L etter progress es on e further place in that year . I t will thu s b e seen that if in any year th e

L e e i s i t e e e Sunday tt r G , will tak pr cis ly 7 years for th e S unday L etter to b e

s e of 2 8 e s w a s again G . T hi p riod y ar is kno n “ th e e s h a s Solar Cycl , although , a tronomically , it

h e S u n t h e e no connecti on with t . With discov ry

s e th e e e e e T e wa s of thi Cycl , following r f r nc abl

con s tructed for u s e in th e A rm enian Church .

2 3 4 5

Y Z a Byen Gi em D h a . etch

8 9 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4

Gaem Dh a Z a Ai . Gaem Byen . Ayib Byen

1 5 I 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 20 2 1

Dh a Yetch . Z a m Dh a Yetch Ai Ayib Byen Gae .

2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8

Gaem D Ai Ayib . Byen h a Vetch Z a . Ai 2 2 4 Tbc L a n d of A r a r a t

T h e application of this Table enables us to th e L e e of ﬁnd Sunday tt rs any year . I t is

e A . D 1 prov d by computation that . was th e 5 th

e of e. T e e e e y ar a Solar Cycl h r for , to compl te

th e e we e o f A Cycl , add 4 to any y ar nno Domini of which we d esire to know th e Sun e 2 T L e 8 . h e e day ett r, and divid it by r mainder be t h e of th e will e y ar current Cycl e. Example

L e e of th e e 1 1 8 Find the Sunday tt r y ar 9 . By 1 9 1 4 t h e Rul e j ust given 55 6 8 Cycl es and

th e 1 8th th e L th of Current Cycl e. ooking at e T e we e 1 8 th e L e e abl , ﬁnd corr sponding to is tt r

Ayi b. T herefore Ayi b (A) is th e Sunday L etter f or 1 1 8 A e . 9 , in the rm nian Calendar I t should b e observed that th e u s e of th e e n ot e e Solar Cycl did com into op ration till , h e e e . t e e e comparativ ly , a lat r p riod I n m antim th e th e A e th e e Roman , l xandrian , and East rn Church es followed various erron eou s Paschal

es a s e e e e e . Cycl , most favour d by th m r sp ctiv ly Cons equently th ere was unending confusion in th e determination of Easter down to th e middl e

f h e S e e e o t e . A e ixth c ntury l xandria , how v r , b ing c elebrated for h er Astronomers and Ma th em a t i cia n s e r e- e e e e , h ld p min nc in E ccl siastical cal c ula ti n e th e s o s . During this p riod it was cu tom for th e Bishop of Al exandria to send out Ci r c u

2 2 6 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t observance of the 1 4th Day of th e Moon may e e e for e i e hav prevail d amongst th m , a p r od , befor i T h e th e decision of th e Council of N ca ea . A rm enians have often been spoken of as Quarto decim a n s re- e e e ee in p N ic n days , as hav b n also

e e ca n all th e East rn Church es . But this charg n ot be acc epted as a monopoly of th e Eastern

e . t o e on e e e we Church s For, giv instanc alon , e s th e en d r ad in H i tory that in E ngland , at of th e e E th elfri d t h e Sixth c ntury , , Northumbrian

e s e King , instigat d by the Romish party, ma sacr d 1 2 00 monks at Bangor for being followers of th e Quartodecimans . C H A P T E R I X

Th e Pas chal Cycles of th e H ebrews and of Hippolytu s T h e inau gu ration of th e N ew Ar menian Chronological 2 w th e th e 2 E ra A . D . , in 5 5 and, ith it, adoption of 5 3 — year Cycle Independence of th e Ar m enian Church r Modiﬁcation s of th e A m enian Calendar .

H E earliest Cycle used for religious obs er v anec s was th e - year Cycl e of t h e Chal e e T h e e of s . d ans , but thi v ry littl is known anci ent H eb r ews obs erved their Pas sover by actual visual observation of th e appearance o f h N w th e e e T o e t e e Moon in h av ns . this th y appli ed a Cycl e of 84 y ears which cam e into u s e amongst th e early Roman Catholics and i s “ known in Church Chronology as S u pp u tati o ” to e Romana . I t is known hav been still in u se in t h e Roman Church at th e time of th e Council of N icaea . Its Pas chal limits disagreed with th e more approved on es in u s e in th e A lexandrian ee i ts own Church , which ind d had shortcomings . T h e writer rem embers s eeing in th e L ateran s e e e e e Mu um in Rom a statu s at d in a chair, e e 1 1 e discov r d in 5 5 in Rom , which has been e b e of th e T e an prov d to that famous h ologi , 2 2 7 2 2 8 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t

A Bishop H ippolytus . Paschal Cycl e of 1 6 years or for e of 1 1 2 in 7 columns , a p riod years and adjusted by H ippolytus to th e years 2 2 2 to

ee on th e e o f th e 333, is inscribed , in Gr k , sid s T u s e e e chair . his came into t mporarily i n Rom , but owing to t h e errors which it accumulated it had to b e abandon ed . T h e credit of ﬁrst using t h e anci ent M etonic Cycl e of 1 9 years for determining th e Pascha is e A n a t oli u s of L e accord d to , Bishop aodic a in

A . D 2 0 . Syria i n . 7 I t was at once adopted by of th e Ecclesiastical School A lexandria . A ndrew of z of th e By antium , styled as brother Magnus

1 e of Bishop , in 35 , construct d a Paschal Canon T h 2 00 e . e t e y ars his was forthwith uniﬁ d , in A th e e rmenian Church , with Canons for F stivals

a s e . ordain d by St Gregory , First Catholicos o f A rmenia (2 9 8 with em endations by

8 - 0 Catholicos St . Sahak (3 7 44 ) and Catholicos ’ H ovh a n I (480 A ndrew s Cycle of 2 00 e 1 w Movs es th e y ars expired in 5 5 , hen I I , l earned A rmenian Catholicos took up the matter of Paschal Cycles in regard to t h e A rmenian h e A D t e . . h e Chu rch . I n following y ar ( e e conv n d a Church Council at Dvin , at which , th e e of th e A e e with h lp rm nian Math matician ,

n a s T h e i n A th a of aron and other Computers , a u u ra ted N ew A e g a rm nian Chronological E ra ,

2 30 Tke L a n d of A r a r a t ated by certain foreign writers o n Eastern L iturgies and th e Rites of t h e Orthodox h Churches . T e A rm enian Church has b een [n gn ag l u kk (A utocephalic) from th e very com m en c m n A e h n f e e t . rm nia had er ow L in e o s m th e e of th A e Bi hops fro tim e postl s S S .

T s e e e homa and Bartholom w , who pr ach d in

A e We a r e i s e rm nia . told this m rely traditional . e e e e B ut, app rtaining to this p riod , th r is much that is traditional in regard to th e Church of

T h of Rome as well . e erron eous assumption detachm ent or separation of t h e A rm enian

A . D 2 a s e on Church in . 5 5 ( it is said) is bas d t h e e of t h . e e incid nt St Gr gory , author of

N a ti A on a l A D . Christianity in rm enia ( . receiving his cons ecration as Bishop of A rmenia

0 2 th e of L eon t i u s of i n 3 , at hands , Bishop

f h i s ae . e e e e o C saria St . Gr gory had r c iv d part e H e th e e e ducation i n C aesaria . had gr at st ’ e e tee L eon ti u s b etween lov and s m for , whom A e e ee th e e th e and rm nia , as b tw n latt r and e e e of ee e th e various oth r c ntr s Gr k l arning , clos es t bond of spiritual sympathy prevailed at t e h e tim e. Respect and ven ration are all that e c a n be attributed to t h e incident . C rtain it is though , that with St . Sahak , who was Catholicos o f A e 8 0 e rm nia from 3 7 to 44 , the Cons cration of o A rm enia n Primates has been conﬁned to th e Tbe A r men i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r 2 31

I nner H i erarchy of th e A rm enian Church . I n ee if b e ee e of th e e r n e d d , proof n d d a ly I d

en den ce th e A e a n d th e p of rm nian Church , h er s e e s we e e limit of parat J uri diction , giv b low “ th e scholarly Opinion of th e Editors of T h e e of e e e e Pilgrimag Eth ria , publish d r c ntly I n th eir critical I ntroductio n to th e fas cinating nar r ative of t h e pious A bb es s

e A . D . 0 e e e e (plac d at about 39 , as inf rr d by gr at r we of e e s ight corroborativ t stimony), in discu s th e t h e ee e ing jurisdiction of Gr k Church , th y “ s a e e es b e y, whil thos in M opotamia would ” under th e Catholicos o f A rm enia (p . xxvii) . Furth er modiﬁcations of th eir Cal endar w ere e e A S e e und rtak n by nania of hirak , a r nown d

A e e e A s rm nian Math matician , by ord r of nasta , A D 6 s of . 6 1 Catholico A rm enia ( . but as h is calculations were co o rdinated with t h e old e 1 2 s 0 e s e y ar ( month of 3 days ach , plu an int r ca lery month of 5 days ) troubl es did not c eas e for s e e e e r om tim to com , causing irr gula ity in th e celebration of th e variou s Moveabl e Church

es e e b e oh F tivals , an occurr nc which , it may s er e i n e s a s v d , was common oth r Churche well th A t h at e tim e. t e commencement of th e s econd 5 32 - year Cycle th e inconveniences i n s e e e e e e e ed thi r sp ct had b com v n mor pronounc . T h e honour of es tablishing a ﬁxed Calendar for 2 32 T/i e L a n d of A r a r at th e A rmenian Church is given to a l earned

A e H ovka n n es S a r ka wa ' rm nian Deacon , g (J ohn th e e 1 1 1 8 th e n D acon) who , i n , during lo g en re of fﬁ e of I V t u O c , as Catholicos , Gregory , ” Pa h la voon ee (1 1 1 3 arranged th e i n t rodu cti on of th e e of 6 J ulian y ar 3 5} days , by which th e A rm enian year was also given a L eap

e e e e . e y ar once v ry four y ars By this m ans , th e e e e J ohn D acon classiﬁ d and appoint d , with e e e th e e minut car and pr cision , entire Eccl s ia s ti ca l e F stivals , Dominical , Martyrological e w e e e th e A m e and oth r is , as mbodi d in r nian

H a i s ma woor 1 g (Synaxarion) . Finally , in 7 74 , Simon th e Catholicos (1 7 63- 1 7 80) personally wrote and publish ed an A rm enian improved

T on a tsu 1ts T of ( ypikon) in two Parts , which th e F irst con s ists of direction s for daily Rituals e L e with prop r ctions , H ymns , and Collects in

e th e e e th e - ﬁve d tail , and S cond compris s thirty

e e A o n e for e th e - ﬁve diff r nt lmanacs , ach Of thirty

s e ee 2 2 n d 2 th A on day b tw n March and 5 pril , which Easter may fall . H is work is deservedly regarded as on e of perman ent valu e to this a e e day , and as an uthoritativ Servic Book in its class .

2 34 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

ee of A r i an u s e Gr k Church Egypt , by nam

A . D e e e (about . but its auth enticity is b li v d e e doubtful by many . C rtain it is , howev r , that

V i c tori u s of A e , Bishop qu i tai n , in 4 5 7 , com pos ed a n ew Cycle made up of th e two Lunar and Solar Cycl es referred to and known as th e “ ” e f 2 s e e Victorian P riod o 5 3 years . Sub qu ntly it cam e to b e better known as t h e Dionysian e th e th e e e P riod , owing to fact that r nown d

e s s E u u s A D . 2 Comput r , Diony iu n , in . 5 7 , a r ranged this Cycl e with unerring exactitude to th e e of th e of h e y ars Christian E ra , which was th e e h e . e e t e inv ntor Pr vious to his tim , Cycl , e V i ctor i u s be e as arrang d by , had to mad to e e e coincid by various nations , with th ir ind e th e e of p ndent National E ras , to xclusion a e e U niv rsal Syst m . Th e P erp etual Great Cycle for th e current P eriod may be s een in A rm enian Church Calen e e e e e e dars , answ ring to v ry y ar cov r d by it, e m 1 6 1 6 2 1 2 nam ly , fro to 4 7 inclusive 5 3

T h e z years) . Tabl e shows a hori ontal lin e on t h e 1 e of th e top , comprising the 9 numb rs

i . e th e for 1 6 1 6 Epact, from xxi ( . Epact ) to ix re h e inclusive. U ndern eath these a arranged t Sunday L etters and t h e year L etters answer i n g to each o f th e 1 9 years success ively and correspondingly to th e years of th e Chri s tian Tbe A r men i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r 2 35

e th e A e 1 6 1 6 as w ll as to rm nian E ras , from th e 1 6 e . F or e ee to 34 inclusiv instanc , s king e 1 6 1 6 e e b e topmost y ar, , which happ n d to a L e e we th e e s e ap y ar, ﬁnd in squar oppo it it e e th e th e and imm ediat ly b low Epact xxi , L e e A i b B en th e e Sunday tt rs , y , y and y ar

L e e s [n ee D e T s e t h e e s e tt r , , j . ho in n xt quar to i ts r e th e e 1 6 1 ight b long to y ar 7 , and so forth

1 6 w e es th e 1 e s . T es e till 34, hich compl t 9 y ar h ee e e er 2 8 es 1 succ d ach oth r , v tically, tim in 9 s e es e e we e th e e 2 1 quar s r p ctiv ly , till r ach y ar 47 , w 2 r T h e hich completes th e Cycle of 5 3 yea s . e e e e e e 2 1 8 n xt P rp tual Cycl will comm nc with 4 , ’ th e r s e 1 6 1 6 s o with all facto as thos for , and

be e e h s e following . I t S hould obs rv d t at thi Cycl will ceas e to be of u s e should th e A rm enian Church el ect to adopt t h e reform ed Gregorian e th e N ew e e e Cal ndar or Styl , b caus in that case Solar and L unar Equations for adjustm ent of certain c enturial L eap years and correction L e r e e e b e e e s of unar rro s , r sp ctiv ly , will n c s ary, s imilar to th e m ethod prevailing in Western e w th N Church s hich follow e ew S tyle. I n A rm enian Cal endars th ere a re specially prepared abbreviated T abl es for ﬁnding th e days of th e week corresponding to th e days of any month in any year according to th e Sunday

Le e . T e e e e tt rs her is , how v r, an asy way of 2 36 Tbc L a n dq r a r a t

e e e th e T e ﬁnding these, without r f renc to abl s ,

by what is known as th e Ker ku a k (Concurrent) . T e e e e of his r pr s nts the exc ss days , in any e month commencing with J anuary, ov r four T e 2 8 . e e w eks ( days) hus , J anuary has an xc ss of or th e e 3 days , , which is sam thing, dividing 1 we e e e o r e e s 3 by 7 , hav 3 as r maind r xc s ,

W t h f r hich is called e Concurrent o F ebruary . A dding this to F ebruary (2 8 days in a common e e 1 e y ar) we hav 3 , which similarly divid d by s A dd 7 leaves 3 a th e Concurrent for March . 1 we e i ng 3 to March (3 days) hav 34 as result, which divid ed by 7 l eav es 6 as th e Concurrent A h h t e e . for pril, and so following throug out y ar A noth er way is to add th e number of days from th e e e e I st J anuary to month r quir d , and to divid th e e e be th e Ker ku a k it by 7 , r maind r will for e that month . For this purpose we hav a col lateral Formula based o n th e relation of Sunday L etters to th e comm enc em ent of a month and to 1 Sundays . This is the Formula : A . Sunday

= = . 2 T dn es e . We B M onday ; C . u sday 3; D

= = = . T 6 . day 4 ; E hursday 5 ; F . Friday ; G

Saturday 7 . We will now give two Examples . (1 ) Find what day falls on 2 2 n d April in 1 9 1 8 T h e S u nday L etter for 1 9 1 8 is A A i b e 1 T o th e ( y ) with valu as . that we add e for A 6 Concurr nt pril , which is , giving 7 as

2 38 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

6 z . constant quantity , 4 , is utili ed We have not s een it stated anywhere as to how this consta nt

t e . O e e quantity was ob ain d p n to corr ction , e e we o e z ou r how v r , w uld v nture to ha ard opinion that inasmuch as no F ull Moon ca n b e taken e e 2 1 s t into account which falls b for March , and e be e e e e 2 th A as East r cannot c l brat d aft r 5 pril , th e e e 2 1 2 6 combin d ﬁgur s and 5 , that is , 4 ,

serves as a factor in all cases for . ﬁnding th e Pa s chal F ull Moon for which th e follow th T h e i ng is e Rul e. Epact of the y ear required A is deducted from 46 . number of days equal t o t h e remainder is counted forward from I st e th e e March , and where it r sts that is dat of

. 1 e the Full Moon I f over 3 , the excess dat refers to April . I f th e remainder is l ess than 2 1 t h e en d of , we count , forward , from March , e e th e of e and wh r number days (thus count d , e e n e e A qual to the r mai d r) r sts in pril , that is h e e f h t dat o t e Full Moon . Example : Find th e Full Moon for A pril 1 9 1 8 D educting th e Epact for th e year 2 8 6 e 1 8 e e . ( ) from 4 , l av s as remaind r Counting “ 1 8 we e o n 1 forward from 3I st March , r st 7 th A pril as th e date for t h e Paschal Full Moon . We n ow proceed to ﬁnd th e day of tke week on 1 th A r s th e e of th e which 7 p il fall , by h lp Sunday L e e th e e tt r and Concurr nt, thus Tbe A r m en i a n Cbu r ck Ca len da r 2 39

Sunday L etter for 1 9 1 8 (A) Concu r rent for A pril e of A 1 1 8 Dat Full Moon , pril 9

T otal

2 e e e i e a s 4 divid d by 7 , giv s 3 as r ma nd r and

r th e representative of 1 7th Ap il . I n accordance th e r we a re with Fo mula with which now familiar, T e T e . e e e 1 3 coincid s with u sday h r for , 7th A e T e t h e pril b ing u sday, following Sunday ,

n r Th 2 2 2 d A r e . e e 2 md A p il , is East dat , pril , i s remov ed 32 days from th e Vernal E quinox 2 1 s t e th e 2 n d e e of th e ( March) , which giv s 3 l tt r A rm enian A lphabet (R a e) as th e Year L etter

for 1 1 8 we ee e . 9 , which now proc d to xplain C H A PT E R X I

Th e Ta ryeg eer or Year Letter ; i ts con stru ction and u se Th e coincidence b etween th e Old and th e N ew Style — Easters T h e Eight Modes to which th e Hymns are ” set—Ta n u ta i r or Z o a r of th e r di cal Lo d Mano .

D I S T I N CT I V E feature in th e A rmenian Calendar is th e Ta ryeg eer (or Year L etter) which is n ot known in any other e T h e Church Cal ndar . institution of this es s en tia llyconveni ent factor was rendered feasibl e owing to th e adaptability of the A rm en ian

A e - e e e lphab t which consists of thirty ight l tt rs . T h e e e e e e e e e xp di nt was th r for resort d to , arly th e A of th e of e in nnals Church , mploying

- ﬁve of e e A Ph eu r thirty thes l tters , from yib to e e e e e e e cons cutiv ly , as r pr sentatives , r sp ctiv ly , of th e thirty- ﬁve possibl e dates between 2 2 n d March and 2 5 th April on which Easter can

e . T e e r o r es happ n hey hav num rical values , p g i l 1 T A i b s ve e e . y, from to 35 r spectiv ly hus y e e e 1 B en 2 Gdem r pr s nts , y , 3, and so forth u th e e of th e e P li eu r ntil last l tter sequenc , , e e e e e which r pr s nts 35 . I n all oth r Church s , successive arithmetical integers are employed e th e of e for this purpos , in absence sufﬁci n t

24 >

2 4 2 Tkc L a n d of A r a r a t

Easter is th e 8th l etter bu t ' a s in that year there is an ex tr a day in F ebruary to be e e th e A r ckon d with , and , knowing that lmanac for th e s ucceeding L etter (Tk u o) is arranged th e e of e according to ord r its progr ssion , to m eet th e requirem ents of an Easter happ ening o n e e it s e e ede e s day lat r than imm diat pr c s or ,

e e Tk u o e r I s t that l tt r ( ) is us d ﬁrst, f om J anuary 2 th e e e ee th e to 9 F bruary , thus ad quat ly m ting

s . e e e s w ituation I t , th r for , follow that kno ing t h e e L e e i e e Y ar ett r, if its num r cal valu is add d

s to 2 1 5 t Mar ch th e res ult will be Ea ter Sunday . A s to t h e mann er of ﬁnding th e Year L etter

e we e e th e en d of th e its lf, hav alr ady shown at A preceding Chapter . I n every rmenian Book o f Common Prayer (Dj a m ag eer g) may b e seen

e S t h e e L e e e . a tabl , howing 35 Y ar tt rs in v rtical s e z ucc ssion , whilst in a hori ontal column oppo e e e L e e a r e th e e sit ach Y ar tt r, shown dat s

e e th e e e e s r lating to East r and all Mov abl F a ts , a s well as th e periods of . Fasts and N o u - F asts b etween t h e Commemorative Dominical F esti T h e . a s s t e . val , throughout y ar his is known

P a r z a tom a r a ka n Ag keu sa k or T abl e o f Simple .

Calendar .

T h e e of th e e da te . i n a n coincidenc sam , y.

e e e th e A e . e e y ar , b twe n rm nian and W st rn

s e e e s e e t h e fe e t Ea t rs , d p nd ntir ly upon two dif r n Tbe A r men i a n Ck u r ck Ca len da r 2 43

Cal endars and m ethods of“ computation they

r th e Old e s d follow and ; p incipally, Styl tan ard fo r Pas chal Full Moon s with accumulation of er r rs - o u o n e s e th e N ew S w o id , and tandard ith obvia tion of err o rs th r ough p eriodic L unar Equa

h T h e f n e t h e tions on t e oth er . dif ere c e betwe n t wo S es th e e e e i s ee tyl , in pr s nt c ntury , thirt n

s e th e s r r day . Wh n two Ea ters a e s epa ated

e s e e e ee . xactly by tho numb r of days , th y m t O e w e th e A e s e th r is , rm nian Ea t r, and similarly , those of oth er Ea s tern Churches still adh ering th e e a e th e to J ulian Cal ndar, will f ll b hind e e n e on e ﬁve W s t r , in varying p riods from to

i s f. h A r ee s . o e t e w k I t , cours , obvious that m en ia n Eas ter never p r ec edes that of th e

th e e es Wes tern . I f East rn Church continue th e Old e e e e to follow Styl for an ind ﬁnit p riod , th e time will com e wh en th e two Eas ters will T s be e th e n ever meet . hi will wh n accumula tion of th e rec es s ion under th e O ld Styl e com

ﬁve s putation for Full Moon , which is now day , b e ee on e ee . e e e xc ds w k I t may obs rv d , how e a e e ev r, that such conting ncy will not aris until another seven centuri es have roll ed by

from now . T h e H of th e A e r ymnal rm nian Chu ch , which in th e original i s des ervedly known as S ka r a ka n

‘ v R ow of e s . e e e ( G m ) , from v ry arly tim s , was 2 44 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

e on E i kt e e e M de bas d g s parat Eccl siastical o s . Ev ery A nth em or H ymn is s et to on e or oth er of e e es e th s Mod , with an op ning Symphony as f e ke . e o th e A e s its gov rning y Som nth m , com pos ed with variations and marked i n t h e Rubric

of e t a r e e e e for days Sol mni y , qually gov rn d by

s s T h the e eight Mode . e various Coll ects and

L e th e e of th e a re ctions , according to ord r day , linked with th es e Modes and regularly arranged h f in t e Directory or F easts (Ton a ts u its ) . T h e

i s A er chanting ntiphonal , with daily alt nations th e L e th e by Right and ft Choirs , according to ’ e s e e e e e w th e y ar M odal pr c d nc , comm ncing ith

L T h s a r First Monday i n ent . e E ight M ode e :

' n i 1 A r a d i n Ts a i s e 2 . A r a a n . / (Fir t M od ) ; y

[(o km r Yer kr or d Ts a i n g (First Cont a) ; 3.

A wa Ko km e (S econd M ode) ; 4 . g g (Gr at Con

t r a Yer r or d Tsa i n T e 6 . Va r ) ; 5 . ( hird M od ) ; a i Tsa i n (G ra ve Mod e) ; 7 . Ck or r or dTs n (Fourth

8 V er Tsa i n e . e Mode) ; . y j (Final Mod ) Ev ry day of th e y ear is accorded on e of th ese M odes a s e e e e a guid , which r cur i n th ir natural ord r h e e b e th e throughout t e y ear . What v r may

e or e Mod for Carnival Shrov Sunday , it is

e F i n a l M ode e e e chang d into , so that v ry y ar, t h e L e i s invariably , First Monday i n nt (that , th e day after Shrove Sunday) comm ences with F e e r t M de. e the i s o Bas d on this arrang m nt,

2 46 Tbe L a n d of A r a r a t

e h e brack ts , commencing with t Sign into which th e Sun enters in th e month o f th e Spring T . e a re 1 Kli Equinox (March) h y : . ai (Aries) ; 2 T T s l . Yer . oo k w r a o e . ( aurus) ; 3 , (G mini) ; . 4

[(kets eti n e . A r i u dz L eo g (Canc r) ; 5 ( ) ; 6 . Kuys Keski r n L (Virgo) ; 7 . ( ibra) ; 8 . Ka r i tc/z (S eor A ke kn a wor . 1 A i pio) ; 9 g g (Sagittarius) ; 0 . de yeg /cj eu r (Capricornus) ; 1 1 j ker kos (A quarius) ; ookn e 1 2 Tz . h A . (Pisc s) I n t e strology of th e e A e of e anci nt rmenians , ach th se Zodiacal Con s t ella tion s was beli eved to possess a character i s ti c attribute with a sp ecially b en eﬁcen t i n

ﬂu en ce own t h e e o f , each in its kind , in ord r T h th eir dom estic lives . e belief wa s th e ou t e O f e e com the tim s in which th y liv ed . I t was

th e of th e common amongst nations East, and con s picuously so amongst th e Chaldean s and A t h e . e e e earliest rabians I n ord r, ther for , to e th e of e e propitiat goodwill thes const llations , we ﬁnd th e early A rm enians appointing each

of e e a s L of th e th m , in succ ssion , ord Manor, of on T h e e f for a period e year . practic o such e e s ee appointm nt continu s to thi day , not ind d in th e Character of its original b eli ef but a s an

old . e e e th e e e tradition I n oth r r sp cts , tw lv Con s tella ti on s a r e A stronomically marked in th e A du e e e e e lmanacs at dat , ach month , r lativ ly ’ h e e T ﬁn d th e s a n u ta i r t . o i e T to S asons y ar , Tbe A r m en i a n Cku r ck Ca len da r 2 47

e t h e e e e d duct 4 from y ar requir d , and divid it 2 T h e e th e by 1 . remainder will answ r require

e th e T a n u ta i r 1 1 8 m ent . Exampl : Find for 9 1 —1 2 1 6 L 1 9 1 8 4 1 9 4 5 9 and over . ooking th e e th e e e we at ord r of Signs giv n abov , ﬁnd

6 corresponds to Kuys . T h erefore Kuys is th e of h 1 1 8 T h e e of Lord t e Manor for 9 . r ason

e A . D . 1 d ducting 4 , is that in , according to A e A ke kn a wor th e rm nian Chronology , g g had e e of e L of th e privil g b ing ord Manor, that is ; wanting 4 for th e compl etion of a Cycle o f 1 2 . CH A P T E R X I I — T h e Immoveable F easts Days in M emory of th e D ead ’ Th e Explanation of th e wor d Va r a a va r (Tran sﬁgu ration) - ed es of es s tra n ferr d r e e es u . Fix Dat F tival , to n a t S nday

H E commemorative F easts of th e A r m en i a n Church a re divid ed into Move T h e [ able and I mmoveabl e. m mowa é/e F ea sfs a re s e e on th e e tho which occur , unalt rably , sam T days of th e month every year . h ey a re t h e following

‘ C ena a ln i zs . n E ve . I . J an . 5 g (Christmas ) ”

T h e e e e . t rm , lit rally , m ans I llumination I t tak es its ri s e from th e custom of brilliantly lighting t h e whole Church during th e celebra tion of N a é na ton a é (known in th e Greek Church a s P r oh o erti a i n anticipation o f the festive f th th e character o e following day . I t occurs at mom ent wh en th e curtain s eparating the Chanc el th e th e e from body of Church , is drawn asid at th e me e e th e e com nc m nt of H oly Mass , imm di a tely after th e I ntroit and th e reading of th e L es s on according to Dani el (Chap . I I I ) .

' 2 6 D z n n n d en A s l wa dz a ﬁ z t/zen n . J an . . a mu 2 48

’ 2 5 0 Tae L a n a of 24m ea t in the hand of every member of the congrega tion . ’ . A A 7 pril 7 . wetomn S oor b A s twa dz a a z n ee

A f l ' s ( nnunciation o H o y Ma r y) . A wetomn mean “ A nnouncem ent 5 00745 m eans H oly or ’

t h e i s m a de of .A stwa a z Saint third word up , ' ” “ ‘ G od D z n a n z l T o e e e and , b g t I t corr s on ds e m e th e p , in d rivation and aning , with ”

s Th . cor ee T e . e e A Gr k h otoko dat , pril 7 , is e th e T e e e e on ex r ct , as h ophany is c l brat d the

i i n f , 6 ra t o o e m . . p nin onths , that is , on J an ’ ' 8 . é s a dz a az n ee e 8 . B en a n a S on A tw S pt . o ’ ' n A n n a a i (N ativity of T heotokos by A nna) . ’ wa d . N ov 2 1 U n a z a n mn 8 007 6 A st 9 . . y ’ ’ z a a z n ee e Ta cna r n (T h e presentation of T heo

tokos into t h e T empl e) .

H /z n t en n S oor b A stwa d 1 . . n 0 D ec . 9 g ’ ’ ’ z a a z n ee Iz A n n a a i (Conc eption of T heotokos A by nna) . I t will thus be s een that there a re altogeth er fourteen days throughout th e year which a re e e th e e e of s I mmov abl . With xc ption Christma E ve (J anuary 5 ) and th e ﬁve days of th e Octav e of T h eophany (January 8 t h e days of th ese F estivals a re accord ed th e rank of Dominical e th e T e F estival . I n r gard to e day aft r h ophany e of t h e e (J anuary which is in m mory D ad , we may observe that there a re three ot h er da ys a n zovea éle F ea sts 2 5 I

' e e e e . e e ec e in th y ar d vot d to th sam obj t, nam ly ,

t h e Mon da s r a n k ed a s S y ( also undays) , follow ' th e e s r es e e of A z laé er ing F stival , p ctiv ly , y

n tnen n T V er a oé /zomn n A s p ( ransﬁguration) , y p ( ‘ s Kna env er a z s T h e umption) , and y ( Exaltation

of t s T h e e s of th e T ra s u ra h e Cro s) . F a t n ﬁg tion is more commonly known among th e ’ A r e Va r a a va r m nians as . I t is a compound word “ Va nd e Va n A s th e ( , ros , and , date of this popular F east oscillates between

e 2 8 A s 1 th e e of th e J un and ugu t , it is just tim year when m any of th e high est plains of A e e e th e T e e e rm nia , mbrac d within mp rat

e a re e e s Zon , cov r d with an abundant profu ion

of th e ee of e . . I t e e e th e Qu n Flow rs is , th r for , e e th e e e s ason wh n Country is ablaz with ros s . T h eassociation of ideas b etween Flower and e e s e i n F ast , is charact ristic of a N ation who

' tuitive conception of th ou g h t h a s always inclin ed w s th e e to ard d voutly I dyllic . T hree of th e principal F easts in th e A rm enian e e s e e e e e e Church , b sid s tho r f rr d to abov , hav e e e e a r e also ﬁx d dat s assign d to th m , which e e e e on O e adh r d to if th y happ n Sundays . th r

e e a re er e t h e e e wis , th y transf r d to n ar st Sun

e e or th e s e be a s day , b for after, as ca may , regulated by th e A lmanacs contained in t h e

e e r . T e e e e e e F ast Dir cto y h r for , prop rly , th y com ’ 2 5 2 Tbe L a n a of A r a r a t

f e e T under th e category o Mov abl F easts . hese a r e : t h e A u s s u m ption (August th e Exalta tion of th e Cross (S eptember and the of A e H i s n aé i B a r eken da n Carnival dv nt ( , November Th e word H i s n a é has for its ” if T s H is oon e t . e root , m aning F y his F tival e e e 1 8th e e is so call d, b caus from N ov mb r to

6 th T e e o f J anuary ( h ophany) , is a p riod ﬁfty T h e B a r eken da n e e e e days . word I hav r nd r d ” e e e th e as Carnival , as it is b tt r und rstood in

s Ca r n i va l we w h e . e t e e W t , as kno , m ans m rri

e e es m nt indulg d in , in Roman Catholic countri , th e ee e e L e e during w k b for nt , in bidding far w r n e to e L Ca i s e va le e e . ll ﬂ sh ( . , ﬂ sh and far w ll) “ ” Th e A e e L e e T h e rm nian word m ans iv w ll . e e th e e th e A e s ns is sam . I n rm nian Church th ere is a B a r eken dan prec eding most of th e

e h e o n e s ﬁx d p eriodic Fasts . T e which prec de L ent is distinguish ed from t h e rest a s B oon

B a r eka n da n o r Or i n a l . , ig Carnival

2 5 4 Th e L a n d of A r a r a t

e e of th e A e a re lib ral M nology rm nian Church ,

s e e e th e ob rv d during this P riod , but majority o f e e e e e th m , oft n group d tog th r owing to paucity o f s ufﬁci ent days to b e d evoted to each s epar e t h e of t h e 2 8 at ly, fall on days remaining

T e e 2 8 ee s a re w eeks of th e year . h s w k

e or e e e e - deﬁn ed s diminish d xt nd d , in w ll part , and with unmistakeable exactitude by th e int er ven ti o n o n - F a s ti n e Ootee s of N g p riods ( g) , hort

co- th e r e r e or long, in ordination with va iabl

u i r em en ts of th e e q F asts . A lthough th e Moveable F easts of th e Pas chal Per i odt a re so called b ecause annually th ey occur o n e e t h e et e diff r nt days of month , y in r lation to each other th ey possess invariabl e limits T hus th e tenth Sunday b efore East er i s a lways th e Carnival of A r a aya wor (corresponding to th e Sunday before t h e W estern S ep t u a ” “ ” g es im a and th e T riodion of th e Greeks ) . T hree weeks after that i s th e O riginal or Prin c ip al Carnival Sunday (t h e W estern Quinqua ” g es i m a and th e Greek S even T h e e weeks after that is Easter Sunday . forti th

e e H a neéa r tz oom A e day aft r East r is ( sc nsion) , followed ten days after by H og eg a loosl (Pente o th e e of th e A c st) , literal m aning rmenian word “ ” e T h e f h S e e b ing D esc ent o t e pirit . S v n

' we eks after : that i s T ransﬁguration ; We may M ovea ble F eas ts 2 5 5

m ention that th e s even weeks between Eas ter and Pentecost a re s tyl ed in t h e A rm enian

r a s H i s i i t h e Chu ch i n oon q . I t a var at on of

word H i s oon (Fifty) and is s o s tyl ed to differ ~ en ti ate it from th e ﬁfty days b efore Nativity

H i s n a é w r ( ) to hich we hav e already refer ed . T h e days du r ing thi s p er iod a r e numbered from

o n e - e th e S s on e to forty nin , and unday from to

s e e s e e a s e o f H i n oon . v n , con cutiv ly , thos q t h e r s e s e I n addition , ﬁ t ight days of thi p riod

form th e O ctave of Eas ter. We subjoin an analysis of th e p eriod s which di s tingui s h th e limits between th e various Move

e e s e o f 6 s abl F ast in a common y ar 3 5 day , taking t h e cas e of t h e ea r li es t Eas ter (2 2 n d

A i é th e rs e e th e March) , which has y ( ﬁ t l tt r of L T h e L s com A lphabet) for i ts Year etter . i t

m en ces T h eo h a n 6th a n u a r with p y ( J y) , in pro g res s ion from F east to F eas t (Old S tyle) :

’ I To Carnival of A r a ai a wor I an . I — Principal Carnival Shrove 1 Su nday (3 weeks) F eb . — Mch . 2 2 Z a tik Easter . (7 — Yier emn a n Kna ck Appari tion of th e Cross (4 ) AP1 1 9 H a mea r tz oom— s e s 0 A c n ion N 3 — H og eg a toest Pentecost May r o

Carried forward 1 2 5 2 5 6 Tae L a nd of A r a r a t

N o .

of a D ys . B r o u ght for ward 1 2 5 To r f r r Ca nival o St . G ego y th e Illu mi n ator (3 weeks ) May 31 — Va r da va r T ra n sﬁgu ra ti on (4 J u ne 2 8 — I/jfer ap oklwomn A s su mp 1 6 tion A ug . — S aor eKna ck Exaltation of th r s 1 e C o s Sept . 3 Carnival of Soor é Ger/org

St . George — Gen t K/za e/z Invention of 2 th e Cr oss (5 Oct. 5 — 1 Carn ival offfi sn a k Advent (3 Nov . 5 S oor b-H a nove 6 St . James (3 D ec . Carnival of Theophany 2 9

Christmas E ve Jan . 5

Total 36 5

I f we compare th e above with th e p eriods fe e e s e e s i ts af ct d , wh n , for in tanc , East r fall at e d e 2 th A P /zen r e lat st at ( 5 pril) , with as its Y ar L e e we e tt r, ﬁnd the following r sult , by com parison

r . Theophany to Carnival of A r a aya wor . 2 r u r . T an sﬁg ation to As su mption of h 3. Invention t e Cr oss to Carnival of

4 . Carnival of St. Jam es to Carnival of e Th ophany .

Total 99

C H A P T E R X I V — — Days of s imple Ab stin enc e Th e r egu lar Fasts An An aly si s f th s f o e Fa ts or th e year 1 9 1 8 .

t h e A e e es N rm nian Church , W dn days (in honour of th e A nnunciation) and Fridays th e e (in honour of Cruciﬁxion) , with c rtain canonical exc eptions (of which we shall make e e e a r e e e s m ntion pr s ntly), obs rv d as day of

e e e lacti ci n i a simpl abstin nc , that is , only , such

a s ee e etc . a re e O n s e ch s , curd , , allow d . the

on e e e e e of days , with xc ption , no c l bration ’

e s s es e. er e Saints F a t tak plac I n addition , th

a re th e a r e P eriodical Fasts . From a c ful

s e e m e for th e e r analysi , p rsonally mad by , y a

1 1 8 e e s A 9 , as contain d in an Eccl sia tical lmanac

e er e a r e e er for that y ar, I ﬁnd that th , altog th , 1 5 7 days devoted t o fasting throughout th e

e e e s e e e e ntir y ar , including tho of simpl abstin nc , made up o f

Wednesdays and Fridays Other days

Total 1 5 7 A ésti n en ee a n dR eg u la r F a sts 2 59

we e 1 0 e e But hav , in all , 4 W dn sdays and Fridays in th e year (5 2 Wedn esdays 5 2

r s 1 0 . e n 1 1 0 F iday 4 days) D ducti g 9 from 4 , l eaves 1 3 N on - F a sti ng Wedn esdays and Fridays

' th e e e T s i s e for in Cal ndar y ar . hi account d by th e canonical complete exclu s ion of fas ting in two e s th e e e particular s a ons of Cal ndar , nam ly

a D ys . Th e Wedn esday and Friday in th e Octave of Theophany Those m th e forty day s between Easter an d Ascen sion

e r e e e u n co n For ign w it rs hav oft n , perhaps s ci ou sl e e e th e r e y, fall n into rror r garding p s r e s s s e e t h e A e c ib d Fa t ob rv d in rm nian Church ,

e s es e r e e e in som ca in th i int rpr tation of th m ,

e er e e . T s and , g n ally , as to th ir l ngth hi is due to their inability to read th e A rm enian original

T e s e s e e e u e e xt th m lv s , and , cons q ntly , r lying es e e upon authoriti who , although w ll inform d

e e s e e be e e a s in a g n ral ns , cannot r gard d s ufﬁciently punctilious in th eir des criptions . For

A r e e e D r . instanc , d ian Fort scu , who through e e th e A e u e want of knowl dg of rm nian lang ag , a s e e s e h i s r e e acknowl dg d by him lf in P fac , depended on extraneou s sources for h i s info rma 2 60 Tl'e L a n d of A r a r a t

e e th e th e A e tion , i n r f rring to Fasts in rm nian

: A e e e e 1 60 s Church , says ltog th r th y hav fa t ” “ days and 1 1 7 abs tin ence days in t h e year ( T h e ” L e e e T ss r East rn Church es . Catholic ruth e L 1 1 e T e Soci ty ; ondon , 9 3, pag his mak s of 2 e a total 77 days , which is wrong , as th y

e ee 1 e . do not xc d 5 7 days , all includ d T h e regular Fasts of th e A rmenian Church e e e e e e t h e e which , i n v ry cas , pr c d F asts are as enum erated below

o of N .

D a ys . 1 Th s of e Th r ur s e . e S u . Fa t Th ophany at day d ing thi er r ee i s e r of ur r e S s of p iod, if f , in m mo y fo fo ign aint

th e u r e ur e d u r th e r e s . fo th c nt y, h l in hono by A m nian Th ey are: Basil of Caesaria and h i s B rother Gregory of N a z i an sos S es er s of o e r , ylv t , Bi hop R m , and Eph aim , h d i s r th e ob ser e of dess . t e S u r ee Abb E a If at ay not f , vance i s tran s ferred to an appointed day in th e previou s fortnight 2 Th e s f A r a d a wor T h e r th 1s er1od . Fa t o j . F iday in p — — th e only exception m entioned above i s devoted to th e e r of th e r e We s i ts m mo y Jonah P oph t. ( hall, in r er e e th e re r of s s p op plac , xplain al o igin thi Fa t)

T h e e or re s edz P a n . Th e 3. L nt G at Fa t (My g) Satu rdays only are devoted to Festivals of Saints T of h s urs h e s s t e r e . 4 . Fa t Elia P oph t Thi occ in th e Octave of Pentecost a n d wa s prescribed by Nerses ’ th r u th w N o S s s e G acef l in e t elfth centu ry . aint day are inclu ded

Carried forward 6 5

2 6 2 Tae L a n d of A r a r at place exclus ive of thos e in L ent (th ere a re 1 0 of e 2 x 1 0 2 0 we 86 th m days), obtain days , and when we increas e this by 7 Wednesdays and ' r ida s L e we e 7 F y occurring in nt , arriv at e 1 00 th e e xactly days for r gular Fasts , as

e e A e : d not d by us . noth r proof

N u mber of Wedn esdays and Fridays in a year Eleven regular p eriodic Fasts

Total 2 0 4

We know that s ome of th e Wednesdays and Fridays contain ed in th e 1 0 4 days a r e included

th e e s e e of th e t en in r gular Fast , nam ly , thos Fasts oth er than L ent = 2 0 days + 1 4 days i n

L e = 1 e N o n - nt 34 days + 3 days , b ing Fasting T e e e . e e W dn sdays and Fridays 47 h r for , 2 0 — 1 s th e a s 4 4 7 5 7 day , as total F sting day e i n a Calendar y ar. C H A P T E R XV — Mis conception s regarding th e Fast of A r a dj a wer Th e — Greek version of i t Paralleli s m b etween th e Orthodox e e s ree s r B li f of G k and A menian s .

' H E Fas t known a s A r a aya wor call s for

e s e e w m i s xplanation i n om d tail , o ing to conceptions which still prevail amongst foreign w e s on A rit r rmenian Rit es and L iturgi es . T h e

of t h e A r a d A r a a el i s t h e root word is j , front ; y e be e e e b e e v rb , to in front , to pr c d , to ah ad ;

A r a a a wer e e o r s e e s r y (adj ctiv ubstantiv ) m an ﬁ st,

' e A r a a w - ts or e e . a or a prior, pr liminary pr c ding y , w i s e m et w e s hich mor commonly ith in Cal ndar ,

th e e e e a er ta m l n is g nitiv form , m aning p p g to

r ecedes e s i s that which p oth r , that , in a local s T h A e s e c or e s e. e e n rm nian t rm , om what r u t ed e s e th e p in translit ration , as um d form of “ ” dz r e T h A r ibu i on in Greek nom enclatur . e

e e a a i e A e e s third l tt r, , (y in rm nian) b ing hort , e th e ee th e ee e e dropp d out in Gr k , and Gr k l tt r th [3replaced th e w (nen n in A rm enian) . I n e early days o f Christianity an extraordinary l egendary fabrication took shape among th e ee th e e e e e Gr ks , to ff ct that a c rtain apostat ,

2 63 2 64 T/ze L a n d of A r a r a t

e e s e a n d S rgius by nam , who country nation e e e e et ality r main d ind signat , had a p dog , which

e e e ou t for ran b for him wh n a walk , and that on its demise th e A rm enians sanctiﬁed it and perp etuated its m emory by instituting in th eir e th e e e A r a d a wor Cal ndar Fast , which th y call d j , h . T e i e e e . . , pr c ding total absurdity of it must be e e e th e e th e ee pat nt v n to simpl st . I n Gr k a e T th e ee e nci nt ypikons , in w k comm ncing with their T i r idi on (week b efore th e Western S eptuagesima and c orresponding to th e A rm en e e e e e e th e ian Fast r f rr d to) , app ar d a not to “ effect that in that week th e A rm enians keep

e e A rdz ib u r i on th ir accurs d fast, which they call , ” we a We but e t ch eese and eggs every day . omit th e offensive epith et which th ey also used h in this note in referring to t e A rmenians . I n th e contrast to this , we may mention that only ee e th e allusion to the Gr ks , in this resp ct , in A e A b e th e rm nian lmanacs , will found in Mon “ day of this week T h e Greeks disp ense with ” A e e e e e fasting during this week . mer r f r nc to f T a contemporaneous dif erenc e. hat is all . T e e of e hos w re days hard struggl , when Chris ti a n i T h e ty was in its infancy . basic Dogmas of a U niversal Church were still undergoing their

t e e e e - i n consolidation , amids r l ntl ss and ver u creasing religious persecutions . Anxio s Theo

2 6 6 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t distinguish minor points of difference in th e es of th e e e Rit two Church s , but in fundam ntal e e e e e w B li f and in E ccl siastical Practic , th y follo t h e e e e t h e L sam Obs rvanc s precis ely . I n iturgy of th e e of S t H igh Mass th y both follow that . Basil of Ca esarea (afterward s more familiar ly

e w th e e f s associat d ith nam o S t . Chry ostom) i h . O n e s ee t e almost word for word in Gr k , — oth er in th e ancient cla s s 1ca l A rm enian th e

e e e b e ou t of only natural diff r nc . I t might not place to remark that in th e entire L iturgy of th e A rm enian Church th ere a r e only ﬁve words

a re A e T e e a re A m en which not rm nian . h s “ e ew b e A llel u i a /z e e (H br , So (H br w ,

r e e or H osa n n a n e e P ais J hovah God (H br w ,

S e we Or t/z i ee O Ooz av us , (Gr k , p , ” P r est /zn nea G r eek H é c w ev Stand up ) and ﬂ , p x u L et us attend A e noth er misconc eption which pr vails abroad , in conn ection with th e A rm enian F ast A rad ” w i s e of th e ja or, that it is in comm moration “ T h e t h e F a s t of N i n ev eh . allusion is to e e e t h e of all gorical narrativ , contain d in Book e J onah (iii , 5 I t says that by Divin Com

s e e e ew n e m and , J onah vi it d N i n v h and for ar d t h e inhabitants that owing to th eir iniquitous T e e b e e e . practices th ey would d stroy d h r upon , th e K ing and his peopl e wore sackcloth and “ Tae F a st of A r a d/a wor 2 6 7 fas ted for forty days and that by du e p enitence

e e e e es A th y arn d forgiv n s . mong th e Eastern e th e es tor i a n s th e Church s , N (that is , p eopl e inhabiting th e country watered by th e Great e w h Zab and forming a triangl , ith Mosul o n t e

T e i ts e e n t h igris as its ap x , and bas r sting o e

e s e of L e on o n e e South rn hor s ak Van , sid , and

‘ t h e Eastern outs kirts of L ake U r u m i a h on th e e t h e e th e oth r) , J acobit Syrians and Egyptian s e e t e Copt do actually comm morat , as par of th ir “ e w th e s o f local Rit s , a Fast kno n as Fa t ” e e th e ee th e A e s N in v h , in w k in which rm nian “ ” of A ra d a wor O th e cel ebrate that j . wing to

e T e e s synchronism , for ign h ological Chronicl r , o n e e th e e e e t h e c on guid d by oth r, hav com to

lu ion e a re on e th e e c s that th y and sam . What gives colou r to it is th e fact that in th e A rmenian e t h e or of s Cal ndar, ﬁfth last day (Friday) thi f t h e A r Fast i s kept in m emory o J onah . I n m en ia n n ot H i erom a r t rs r Church , only y , Marty s , A pos tl es and Saints have sp ecial days s et apart

e s th e r for th m , but al o all Biblical Patria chs and e A wa s Major as well as Minor Proph ts . day ,

e e e be . s th r for , to found for J onah Curiou ly , a — Friday was chosen for i t th e only Friday in th e e e of e e e e whol y ar (Good Friday , cours , xc pt d) in which a Church comm emoration of any sort

n ot e th e takes plac e. I t is improbabl that action 2 68 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t of A e the early rmenian Fathers , in this r spect, may have been inﬂu enced by t h e contemporary cel ebration associated with some of t h e oth er

e h e n Church s in t East. But that does not eces s a rily postulate th e inference that th e two cele a n th e T h br ti o s connote e sam meaning . e utmost b e e e e e that may urg d , i n xt nuation , is that th y

A s l a re s eemingly analogous . F east alway f o h laws th e Fast . H ad t e Fast of th e A rmenians ’ b een actually in commemoration of J onah s th e i n evites e e M ission to N , his F ast would hav been cel ebrated on th e Saturday following th e

n ot on Me la st da o tne F a t i tse Fast and y f s lf. T h e real origin of th e A rmenian Fast of ” A ra d awor we e j , hav in the famous E n cyclical L etter (T/zoog nt U n dlt a n r a é a n ) of N ers es th e e t h e e of A e Grac ful , l arned Catholicos rm nia — (1 1 66 1 1 7 3) written in 1 1 7 0 t o Manuel I .

e t h e e 1 1 - 1 Comn nus , Gre k E mperor ( 43 I t th e A e of is written in rich Classical rm nian , which many excellent exampl es exist in th eir A e e national literature. ft r refuting sev ral com plex Doctrinal errors ascrib ed to th e A rm enian

h e e . Church , touches upon this particular subj ct H e tells us that before bapti z ing the A rm enian

da t A D . T er . King, ( his nobles and his

S t . e e army , Gr gory, the I lluminator , enjoi n d a strict fast of ﬁve days for th e remission of their

C H A P T E R XV I

er of Th e Sland an Ancient Race.

H A T l earn ed scholar and emin ent writer on e L A comparativ Church iturgy , Dr. drian e e s e i n es e e e e Fort scu , think it prop r, th nlight n d th e we e days of t ntieth c ntury, to bring into e e e th e fe e e e e e promin nc onc again , of nsiv r f r nc

th e A e e r th e s to rm nians , in r ga d to Fa t dis

e i th e e e a s e cuss d n pr vious chapt r, contain d in th e anci ent Greek T ypikon s . T h e act in itself

e b e e s s e o n s might , p rhaps , p rmi ibl hi torical

e fe e s e e grounds , but it assum s a dif r nt a p ct wh n ,

e e e h e own incr dibl as it may app ar , adds as his

“ ‘ opinion : I fea r few Chri s tian s in t h e Eas t ” would dispute th ejustice of that amiabl e epith et “ ” L s e T h e e e e . 1 ( s r East rn Church s , pp 39 , I t i s on a l ev el with th e gen eral teno r of anti pathetic s entim ent towards th eA rm enian Church which p ermeates and i s undi s gui s edly vi s ibl e h throughout t e l ength and breadth of his volume. I t has b een w r itten to b elittl e and discredit t h e

er es e e e n ot e East n Church , b caus th y do b long Tae S la n der of a n A n ci en t R ace 2 7 1 to that other branch of th e U nivers al Church

a . e s i n known as Rom n Catholic Witn s , for s a e e e to t nc , his scorn and contum ly in r gard anoth er Easter n Church . I n s earch for a s uit abl e terminology to distingui s h t h e Copts of

t h e e s t h e Egypt from U niat Copt (that is , minority who acknowl edge th e sup r emacy of th e e h e h a s e s e t o t h e s e : Pop ) , r cour imilitud “ It i s like distinguishing b etween animal s and ” reas onabl e animals (page H e deni es th e O th e A T e right of rthodoxy to rm enians . h y worship th e tru e Christ ; th ey have suffered untold p ers ecutions ; th ey have di ed a thousand deaths for th e glory and maj esty of th e Christian

t h e A e e - r r s Faith ; rm nian H ro Ma ty , Vardan

h i e e r s A . D s e . 1 and d vot d follow , in 45 , nobly stood as a bar r i er between East and Wes t and V icto r iou s ly sav ed th eir Church and th e whol e

s e h s of Chri t ndom from t e danger o f Mazdai m .

A e e o r er e bandon d , through misfortun oth wis ,

e e e s by a Gr at E mpir which , but four y ar ago , ’ had by th ei r conques ts rai s ed A rm enia s hopes

of ee w o n e fr dom from thraldom , and thro n th ir

s e e es es t h e A r e s own l nd r ﬁghting r ourc , m nian

a re e e e - onc again , v n to day , gallantly ﬁghting against imm ens e odds and s h edding th eir r e m aining blood n ot only for Faith and for L iberty e e e of e e ee but v n as a barri r, as yor , b tw n East 2 7 2 The L a nd of A r a r a t

T and West . hose who have eyes to s ee a n d

t a z ca n s ee a willing unders anding to re li e, th t. A n d e et . c t h y , Dr Fort s ue will have it that e A rmenian is n ot the tru e Christian " T h e A rm enians were ﬁrs t among the N atio n s f o e o th e t A D . 2 8 World mbrace Christianity ( . 9 ) na as their N atio l Religion . Dr . Fortescue ad “ mits th is : it did so a sco re years or so before ” t h e Roman Empire (page Where other n e a A small ations hav disappe red, the rmenian a e Christi ns still survive , stronger than ev r in ’ h is h their immutable belief i n C r t s C urch , and

a ed t ea fr yet the le rn Doc or, with naus ting e

e e e c a c qu n y , calls them h retics and s hism ti s . ” T e e d e h y are s parate , outside the fold (pag e of U nwilling as we are , in the pres nce a writer whos e great schola rly atta inments co mpel o u r respect and admiration , we are constrained t o pronounce his work as a master piece of that Odi u m l eolog i cn m which dis graced th e pa ges of Christian H istory i n the da rkest da ys of th e early Middle A ges . I t is n ot only their Church which he en dea vou rs to dis ﬁg u re. I n his strange charity he derides and calumniates the whole A r T e e men ia n Nation itself. h y are n ver an ar t is ti c nation they are n ot a popu lar race T o sa e i a t a (page deny , whole l , art stic t i n

2 74 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

L et E dward Grey . him consult such experienced e e e e and r liabl authoriti s as Sir E dwin P ars , “ ” preferably to fantas tic s tori es fashion ed for cons umption in th e Baz aars of B eyr ou t a n d

Dam a scus . T s e e e hat pl ndid human p rsonality, Cardinal ’ e th e of th e L s Bourn , at inauguration ord Mayor

th e e e o f s fer A e s e Fund for r li f uf ing rm nian , gav h i s support o n th e platform at th e M ansion e L e i n S of th e H ous in ondon , and spok upport good caus e of saving t h e lives of Chri s tian A r

m n i n s A n d f e a . et e o y , h re is a Doctor Divinity , in H oly O rders in th e sam e Church a s th e ex

c ellen t e th e s e e Cardinal , who und r mblanc of writing an A ccount of th e Rites of t h e A e th e h e e e rm nian Church (which , by way , l cts “ ” e L e on e to styl as ess r Church , the pl a of

e s e s s e e e e e a i r cla iﬁcation , wh r as our Mast r n v r e e e es s int nd d that , und r any circumstanc what o

e e on e s b e e e e v r , Church hould Gr at r and anoth r L es ser) attacks th e A rm enian N ation in mani

s e e e e e s e fold way , and , v n condon s th ir p r cution “ T on e and extermination . o wit ; can hardly d eny that th es e preposterous Eas tern Chri s tian s des erved t h e appalling di s aster which s wept over “ all their sects (page 1 A n dagain : s o even th e persecution has rath er increas ed their n eigh ’ ” e ee be bours scorn (pag I t would , ind d , Tli e S la n der of a n A n ci en t R a ce 2 7 5

e e e ew we e taking a b n vol nt vi , if aptly xclaim with th e Poet :

H e es s s rs e er w e u d. j t at ca , that n v f lt a o n

T h e e e e es l arn d Doctor , onc again , div into t h e anci ent s torehou s e of T h eological Di s puta H tions . e once more drags ou t th e di s s ecting

e. s ee e h e es on t h e tabl With toil om n rgy , plac it s th e s e Divinity of Chri t and , for thou andth tim , goes over th e old ground of th e Divin e and ’ T h H uman combination in Christ s Nature. e

A e s e e e th e rm nians mu t stand xp ll d from fold ,

e s o e s e s e e lik many Biblical Scap goat , b cau th y beli ev e (as it pleases him to conclud e) that ’ Divinity and H umanity i n Christ s Nature a r e

' e on e—M zawor a l 7n ee B n n t/t en n unit d into y , , “ ” th e A e s e o n e e s a . unit d into N atur , y rm nian T e e e e a r e er e s es h r for , th y h tical Monophy it , even though abundant evidenc e i s availabl e that they have avow edly abjured N es tori u s and

H e s e s w th e en d of h i s E u tych i u s . oft n do n at volum e : t h e A rm enian s a re n ow Monophys ites ” “ in a mild form (page becau s e h e i s now offering th em plau s ibl e inducem ents coupled with th e pretern atural invitation to fors ake th e A rm enian Church of Ch r i s t for t h e Roman

h s e - e e e Catholic Church of t e lf sam Christ, wh r “ they will g et help and protection in many 2 7 6 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

ways (page T h e scen e now changes T e e l e rapidly . h r is a f ick ring transformation in “ his opinion : Shall we call th em heretics and ? schismatics T h ey a r e martyrs and sons of ” martyrs (page H e must envy th e A r “ ’ m en ia n s for th e glory of that martyrs crown ” they have worn for over a thousand years (page in th eir steadfastness in not denying th e e e h e e e Christ . But in sam br ath , l ts r ason vanish and pre -judgement takes h er place : “ T h e long blood - stain which is th eir history m e e e ust aton , more than aton , for their rrors ” about Eph esus and Chalcedon (page Th e A rmenians took part in three only o f th e

O e e e : e of cum nical Church Councils , nam ly thos

i ca ea 2 e 8 1 e N (3 Constantinopl (3 ), and Eph sus T hey r egarded th es e three as involving t h e s ettlem ent of fundamental Dogmatic ques h e f tions and th ey took part in th em . T e r st o th e G en eral Councils th ey considered as cover ing grounds of subsidiary interest and so th ey n T e ot e . e e e did att nd hat , how v r , do s not mak

t h e . or tes cu e them any e l ss true Christians . Dr F throws som e doubt in regard to th e participation

h s of t e A rm enians in t h e Council of Eph esu .

H e . T h e e is wrong logic of his argum nt , how e e i h th e v r, passage last quoted , is this , that because h e beli ev es th e A rm enians were in

C H A PT E R XV I I

Th e Lent or Great Fast (Myedz F a lze) - Partaking of Holy — — Commu nion T h e Confession T h e Ka r a soen g or Ka r a — sn er dg (Forty days) and th e c omposition of Lent Th e

Holy Week .

N th e A rm enian Church t h e L ent or Great

M edz F an 8 Fast ( y g) comprises 4 days , e nam ly, from M onday following Shrove Sunday e e e till Saturday pr c ding East r Sunday, both e days inclusive. Som e for ign writers have

e e u ass rt d that , d ring this period , Saturdays e e e e e (and Sundays as w ll , as oth rs hav av rr d)

r - T h e a e n n T n ot . o fasting days . his is so e e e on e of w ntir p riod is fasting , during hich e e e ﬂ sh , fowl and ﬁsh and all produc associat d

e a r A e - L e th e with th se e prohibited . ft r M id nt e e e Fast is strict r with som , at volition , wh n for s everal days togeth er th ey sustain themselves on e F or t h e br ad and salt only . this reason A rm enian Great Fast is also known as Ag nn na ts s t h e ee ( alt and bread) . During Passion W k , especially from Great W ednesday till Great

2 7 8 Tlt e L en t or G r ea t F a st 2 7 9

t h e Saturday , particularly devout have light e s e e sust nance at sunri and suns t only, whilst e e th y r st from manual labour and read chapters f o p enitence contained in Narek (written by e of e e e Gr gory Nar k, a c l brated A rm enian T heo lo i a n of t h e e e g t nth c ntury) . A rmenians a p h proach t e H oly Communion with a we and e e e e T e r v r nc . h y may partake of it only ﬁve h e f e t e o e i e. tim s in cours a y ar , . , at Epiphany , e t h e T th East r, ransﬁguration , e A ssumption th e of th e and Exaltation Cross . Maundy

T e a re hursday and Gr at Saturday , however, e e favourit days with th m . E ntire abstinenc e from food and drink is enjoin ed on th e day on which they take H oly Communion ; those who choose Great Saturday obs erve complete fast from midnight following Friday till Saturday e e e th e e e th e v ning , wh n c l bration of Holy

e e s Eucharist tak s plac during H igh Mas . be ou t of e e e e I t may not plac to m ntion h r ,

th e A e e i s re that in , rm nian Church conf ssion h quired before taking H oly Communion . T e e e e s e e Communicant , g n rally, att nd Church b for t h e e e e e e th e Morning S rvic comm nc s , wh n

a r T e e a r e Con fes Clergy e at liberty . h r no

s i l h e or ee e e on a s . e I n op n , sits kn ls anywh r in h h T h e e es t e body of t e Church . Fath r Conf sor

s e cer ta n e t e e or th e choo s j vers s of h Conf ssion , 2 80 D i e L a n d of A r a r a t

f T h e o e . e e e whol it, at his discr tion p nit nt reads

e or e to e e e s th e w th m , , if unabl r ad , r p at ords ,

r a s e th e e au icularly , pronounc d by Conf ssor with M eg /t a (P eccavi) at t h e comm encem ent s o f e e e H e e and conclu ion ach v rs . is th n re e of th e e t h e mind d sol mnity of occasion , and counselled to refrain from committing any o f

s h e th e mortal ins which has just repeated . C ertain penitential Psalms a r e pointed ou t to e i e or e him to r ad in pr vat , if unabl to do so to repeat Ta i r Wog lcor mi a Kyri e El eison e H e e twelve tim s before Communion . is th n given th e Absolution in accordance with the

: “ Rubric May God , in his philanthropy , have mercy on you and grant you remis s ion of all

s e e e e your sin , those conf ss d and thos forgott n . A n d of e e I , by the authority my pri stly pow r

th e of G od e and by command , that thos who a r e released on earth shall be releas ed in e e e H av n , absolv you , by H is Word , from all

or your participation in sin , in thought, word h h th e S on ee . t e e of t e e d d I n nam Fath r , , and th e A n d do ou H oly Ghost . again , I consign y to th e Sacram ents of the Church ; whatever good you may do may b e to your benefaction h ” t e h e A e . and to glory of t e life to com . m n T h e l ength of th e Great Fast vari ed greatly in th e early days of Christianity in Armenia.

2 8 2 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

e 0 b yond the 4 days , stands by itself as a com h of L ponent part of t e 48 days ent . I n accordance with the Gospel appointed for t h e t h e L e a r e e day , Sundays in nt nam d as follows in t h e A rm enian Church :

2 n d Sunday (corresponding to t h e 1 s t Sun

i n L e e day nt or Quadrag sima Sunday , as known

e e e T h e . in W st rn Church s) , Expulsion T h r d e . 3 Sunday, Prodigal Son T h e e th . 4 Sunday , U njust St ward

th Th e ud e. 5 Sunday , U nj ust J g 6 th T h e A e of e Sunday, dv nt ( M ssiah , as T e predicted by t h e Proph ets) . h n follows Palm t h e A Sunday , which in rmenian Church is “ e D z a né a z a r d or e A e call d g , lit rally , dorn d with ” h f e e t e e o e . e Flow rs , that is , F ast Flow rs H r , we e th e of e again , hav association Natur with th e e i s Religious Festivals . With Gr eks it

w -b ea r l n e kno n as Palm g F ast ; in E ngland , es e th e t h e i s s b id s association with Palm , it al o A e th e e . known as Flow r Sunday similar cas , in “ ” A r th e L e nglican Chu ch , is that of nt, which we e e th e A - len cten ﬁnd is d riv d from nglo Saxon , “ ” e e of t h e e o m aning Spring , indicativ s as n of t h e year in which t h e Fast occurs . We would

T es e e of add that Monday , u day and W dn sday t h e ee th e A e a r e H oly W k , in rm nian Church , . T/ce L en t or G r ea t F a st 2 83

e r of T h e e T h e T en in m mo y Cr ation , Virgins , T h e e of ou r L es e e and B trayal ord , r p ctiv ly , w s we T s a hil t , as know , Maundy hur d y is that of th e Mystic S upp er and Great F r iday of H i s

s s e r . Pa ion , D ath and Bu ial C H A P T E R XV I I I — Saints and Martyrs Ab stract of Salient Fasts and Feasts for th e r 1 1 8 yea 9 .

H E Martyrology of the A rmenian Church

n A n of th e L is a rich o e. examination ist shows that apart from those properly associated A e of with rm nia , a goodly number Saints and e e e th e Martyrs b longing to oth r Church s , of ﬁve e e of e ee ﬁrst c nturi s Christianity , hav b n honourably included and hav e their special

. T e a re e u n days her som amongst us who , not

a re e e naturally, som tim s curious to know why ? for e t h e A A this is so Why , instanc , bbots nton O n h reu s of A e Ma ca r i u s th e and yp l xandria , r e e of A P i st, and S rapion the Bishop ntioch , Paul the Confes sor of Constantinopl e and Bar e e e e of s m , Bishop of Edessa , who w r not A rm enian nationality or of th e A rm enian e e fe t o e Church , should hav pray rs of red th ir m emory in th e L iturgy of the A rm enian H igh ? T h e e th e Mass answ r is obvious . During e w th e e early centuri s , hilst Christian R ligion

2 84

2 86 Tﬁe L a n d of A r a r a t

e e e . e e e e e re r f rr d to Wh r n c ssary, xplanatory m arks have been add ed . T h e dates a re in accordance with th e O ld Style

- w h r e 1 . s e e t e Jan . 4 Fa t of Nativity ( hich comm nc d on thi ti th h r day of t e p eceding month) . “

r s s E ve w a s u . s 5 . Ch i tma , kno n Ill mination La t of th e s of N a wa ka ti day Fa t Nativity , and y, that h i s e t e e e . , D dication , in v ning E h i 6 . e s Th ophany Nativity , Bapti m , and p phany)

. u a e 7 S n d y. In m mory of th e D ead .

1 of th e e e . 3. Eighth day Octav of Th ophany Naming f o J es u s .

1 . u n da r r S s . 4 y. Fi t afte Nativity

1 . t h . 5 Nativity of S . John t e Baptist 6 r h u s 1 . St . e e t e r r s s s P t Pat ia ch , Bi hop Vla (Bla i ) and s th Ab alom e Deacon .

t . re 1 7 . S Theodosi u s th e King and th e s even child n of u Ephes s . 2 S u n a 1 d . . Se y cond after Nativity .

2 . T h r r e s s u s r . 7 Pat ia ch , Athana i and Cy il

2 8 S u n da . r . y Thi d after Nativity . Th r r F eb . . e r r r f e 3 child en and g andchild en o St . G go y th e u r : Ar i stakes V erth a n es H oosik Ill minato , , , re r u s D G go i and aniel .

. u n da r . 4 S y. Fou th after Nativity

1 0 . eu s th s e n h h . St Thadd e Apo tl and Sa dook t t e r Vi gin . 1 1 S u n da . y. Fifth after Nativity . Carnival of th e Fast A r ad a wor of j .

- 1 2 6 . T h 1 e s A r a d a wer 1 . b . s . e e Fa t of j On 4th F , Candl ma

1 . St. S r s Ser u s th e rr r h i s son Ma rt ros 7 a gi ( gi ) Wa io , , y , ur ee s r and fo t n oldie s . A es tr a ct o F a s ts a n d F ea s ts 1 1 8 2 8 f , 9 7

F 1 b . 8 e . S u n da . r y Sixth afte Nativity .

2 . . s ou r r r 4 St I aac Pat ia ch . 2 S u n da . e r 5 y. S venth afte Nativity .

r 1 . Ou r w rr r r a n 0 6 s . d 1 s Ma ch a io , St Va dan 3 Companion wh o were r red th r Wa r D ma ty in e G eat (A . . 4 h 3. T e 1 5 0 Patr iarch s of th e Council of Con stanti

n o l A D . p e ( .

S u n da . r . r 4 y P incipal Ca nival (Sh rove S u nday) .

er . 9 . V nal Equ inox

I O . T h r r e r . e re. Wa io , St Th odo I I . S u n da . T h u s A r tu x y S econd of Lent. e Exp l ion ( a m n ) .

1 . T h e SS . r r r s er u s e . 7 Cy il and John , Pat ia ch of J al m er r s oth Cyril (Bishop) a n d h i s mothe Anna . Al o th e r r s Otz n ae th e Holy Pat ia ch , John of , John h v u derer re r a t e . Th n , and G go y of T i n A n a 1 8 . u n da Th r d So . r e S y Thi d of Lent. P o gal ( r a ki n ) . h r tr 2 . O u r er . re r t e u 4 Fath , St G go y Ill minato (En y th e into Pit) . u da r T h e U u s ew r n u e . S y . Fo th of L nt nj t St a d Tu n tesi n )

- Mid Lent (Wedn esday) .

Th e r r e r red e ste. Fo ty Holy Child n , ma ty at S ba u T h e U u s u d e D a ta n a e . S d y. Fifth of L nt nj t J g ( wor n i ) .

Q T h e Ann u nciation of Holy Mary . O d e ess a s u n da . e . O . S y Sixth of L nt A v nt of M iah,

predicted by th e Prophets (Ga lesti a n ) .

1 u . 3. Paschal F ll Moon

r th e s z rus . 1 4 . In m emo y of Rai ing of La a th e e e t es 1 P a lm S u n da D z a lzka z a r d . 5 . y ( g ) In v ning ak place th e ceremony of D er n a ba tsé n g or Opening ” th e s re ere e to d ss of e Gat , ymbolic f nc a mi ion into th e mystic glories of th e Kingdom of H eaven . 2 88 Tae L a n d of A r a r a t

r 1 6 . re Th e re r r a r dz u Ap il G at Monday . C ation (A a c/z g o tﬁeu n ) . 1 r T . e u es . h e T n r Ta u n 7 G at T day e Vi gin s ( s Koesa g) . P a st /ta t F u ll M oon ld S le O . , ty

1 8 . re e s h r G at W dn e day . T e B et ayal

1 . re u rsd e r of th e st Su er 9 G at Th ay . In m mo y My ic pp U n t/zr i I a r n mer e [fi su si ﬁ r i tasi th e ( q fy C s ) . In evening tak es place th e c erem ony of th e Washing of th e e Wotn a lewa F et ( ) .

2 0 . re r h ff r G at F iday . In m emory of t e Su e ings and ru x /za r cna r a a a u t a n C ciﬁ ion (C n ts yev Kb clzel ni ) . In th e e e th u r na lzu n v ning e B ial (T g fn ) . “ 2 1 . re S u r u th e w a s . G at at day, kno n Ill mination In

e e N a wa na ti i s e . v ning , g, that , D dication

2 2 . S Z e e e EA TER SUNDAY ( A TJK) . Comm nc m nt of

- s er of r s u s e s . non fa ting p iod fo ty day , ntil A c n ion 2 3. In m emor y of th e D ead .

2 8 f t . . In m emor y of th e D ecollation o S . John “ ” ’ 2 r Keu r a /l’e . N o u n da . 9 II . S y N ew Su nday ( w s a s T h e e e or u e s er kno n al o R p at of, do bl Ea t

Ker k z t Th th e s er e. ( n a a i n) . e last day of Ea t Octav ” 6 Ka n Keu r a né . . u n da r ee Su d ac/z May III S y. G n n ay ( ) ; “ ” known als o a s T h e Chapel of th e Earth (A sti

“ d u Ka r mi r 1 . S u n a . R e S 3 IV . y d nday ( 2 f h r ss Yer ew 0 . u n da . r o t e V . S y Appa ition Holy C o

ma n r K n A D . 1 as re r e Se eo /za tcni . ), 35 , co d d by

St . r Cy il .

2 . u n da 7 . VI S y. u lcr i t 1 Tlzu r da H a méa r tz m C s osz . s . s s 3 . y A cen ion ( ) “ ” u e . . u n a Su J n 3 VII S d y. Second Palm nday (In

anticipation of th e second coming of ou r Lord) .

. Su er S s e 9 mm ol tic .

I O u n da H e leost . . S y. Pentecost ( eg g a )

' I I I . s f r S Fa t o P ophet Elias .

2 9 0 Tne L a n d of A r a r a t

Th e 44 1 1 th year of th e Original Ar menian E ra and th e 1 368th of th e E ra of th e Refor mation of th e

e r e e - Cal nda , comm nc to day . S u n da ssu r y. A mption of Holy Ma y . e r f h In m mo y o t e Dead . d S u n a . y Second after Assu mption .

Th e s es s es S e . Apo tl , Thoma , Jam and im on u n d Th e a r r su . e S y . Thi d afte As mption Inv ntion of th e Z te f r on e (Go e) o Holy Ma y . T h e 31 8 Patriarchs of th e Cou ncil of Nicaea

A D . ( .

S u nda . r ss u y Fou rth afte A mption . r Nativity of Holy Ma y fr om Anna . u d n a r s . S y. Fifth afte A su mption

s th f th r ss . u u . Fa t of e Exaltation o e C o A t mnal

u r 1 th Se e er . Eq inox , pt mb

1 6 . u n da of th e r ss . S y. Exaltation C o

1 . e r f h 7 In m mo y o t e Dead . 2 u n da r s . Se d er s . 3 S y. con aft Holy C o 2 - 2 8 s th r r s V r 4 . Fa t of e Appa ition of th e Holy C os at a a g . 2 St r h rr . Adactos u s th . e e t e r e 9 G o g Wa io , and Roman - i s e r er . e H ss e e Chant Nam Day of Holin G o g V , t h r Ca holicos of all t e A menian s .

0 u da r r ss . e s f th . n r o e 3 S y. Thi d afte Holy C o F a t Appar ition of th e Holy Cr oss at V arag (a local

e e r r th e se e e u r . c l b ation , dating f om v nth c nt y)

- f r s . 6 . T w es Oct. h e Seven ty t o Di scipl o Ch i t

u da r r ss . S n . u r e 7 . y Fo th aft Holy C o 1 r r M vs es E i sh e seu s . Ou r s s o 3 Holy T an lato , , g (Eli ), Movses th e e th e i e os er Po t, David invinc bl Phil oph ,

Gregory of Narek and N erses Clien si s .

1 S u n da er r ss . 4. y. Fifth aft Holy C o 0 Th s t ew r u e 2 . e e s Holy Evang li t , Mat h , Ma k, L k and

John .

2 u n da t H ross . 1 S . S er . y ixth af oly C A 6st r act o F a sts a n d F ea sts 1 1 8 2 f , 9 9 1

. 2 . Th e we e e r e o rs Rh eth eu s th e Oct 7 t lv l a n d D cto , ( t e s u s r r e a r A h nian), Diony i (Pat ia ch of Al x nd ia) , es er s u s tr r of e dr Sylv t , Athana i (Pa ia ch Al xan ia) , f r o eru s e r th e r . Th Cy il J al m , Eph aim Sy ian e s s s es r re r of N az ian sos Bi hop Ba il ofCa a iaand G go y , re r th e e s n t e G go y Th ologian (of Con ta inopl ), E i h an eu s ru s r s s p p of Cyp , John Ch y o tom and r r Cy il of Alexand ia .

2 8 . S u n da . e e er r ss T h e y S v nth aft Holy C o . Invention

of th e Holy Cr oss . s e w N ov. . er u n 3 All Saint , anci nt and mod n , kno n and w kno n .

u n da . t er r ss . 4 . S y Eigh h aft Holy C o Th r e s r e e h 1 0 . e A chang l Gab i l and Micha l and t e r e s enti e H eav nly Ho t. u da r r 1 1 S n . e ss . . y Ninth aft Holy C o T h s r 1 e s e e s . 7 . Holy Apo tl , And a and Phillip

1 8 . S u n da e er r ss . e .H i s n a k y. T nth aft Holy C o Adv nt ( ,

i s s e re ou r rd . that , Fifty day b fo Nativity of Lo )

- 2 s d e . Th e r ese t r 1 9 3. Fa t of A v nt P n ation of Holy Ma y

into th e Temple occu rs on 2 1 5 t November . -w r er s th e r 2 . r r th e der . 4 St . G ego y Won o k Nicola Pat i

arch a n d Bishop Myron of Crete.

2 u da rs e . S n . 5 . y Fi t in Adv nt Dec 1 Th e s es our rs u rs . . Holy Apo tl and Fi t Ill minato , w Thaddeu s an d Bartholome .

da d e . 2 S u n . e . y S cond in A v nt 8 s th e er - w r r r of St . . Nichola , Wond o king Pat ia ch r Smy na .

u da r e . e S n . 9 . y Thi d in Adv nt Conc ption of Holy

er S s e. Mary by Anna . Wint ol tic

- f St es . 1 1 s o . 0 4 . Fa t Jam S oor b [f a ker/a th e r r Medz 1 . es 5 . St Jam ( ) Pat ia ch of si s r th e er a n d Meliteus th e bin (Ni bi ) , Ma og H mit,

Bishop (Antioch) . 2 9 2 l e L a n d of A r a r a t

D . u n a ec 1 6 . S d . u r e y Fo th in Adv nt .

1 . rs of u r 1 1 r h 9 Fi t day Jan a y, 9 9, acco ding to t e N ew

2 2 h St . s t r . Ba il e Patria ch and h i s B rother Gregory of N az ia n sos S es er r r of o e , ylv t , Pat ia ch R m , and h r r t e S . Eph aim , y ian S u n da 2 e . 3. y. Fifth in Adv nt

- 2 St . S e th e P ro r r 5 . t phen Ma ty .

0 . S u n da . rs of th e s of 3 y Fi t day Fa t Nativity .

1 . Se of th e s of 3 cond day Fa t Nativity .

T H E EN D

L ON DON : P R INTED AT T H E c m sw1c x P R E SS KS C U R C H C E RY L E TOO O T , AN AN